1 /* X Communication module for terminals which understand the X protocol.
2 Copyright (C) 1989, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001,
3 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009
4 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
6 This file is part of GNU Emacs.
8 GNU Emacs is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
9 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
10 the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
11 (at your option) any later version.
13 GNU Emacs is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
14 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
15 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
16 GNU General Public License for more details.
18 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
19 along with GNU Emacs. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
21 /* New display code by Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>. */
22 /* Xt features made by Fred Pierresteguy. */
26 /* On 4.3 these lose if they come after xterm.h. */
27 /* Putting these at the beginning seems to be standard for other .c files. */
35 #include "blockinput.h"
37 /* Need syssignal.h for various externs and definitions that may be required
38 by some configurations for calls to signal later in this source file. */
39 #include "syssignal.h"
41 /* This may include sys/types.h, and that somehow loses
42 if this is not done before the other system files. */
44 #include <X11/cursorfont.h>
46 /* Load sys/types.h if not already loaded.
47 In some systems loading it twice is suicidal. */
49 #include <sys/types.h>
53 #include <sys/ioctl.h>
54 #endif /* ! defined (BSD_SYSTEM) */
58 #ifndef INCLUDED_FCNTL
65 /* Caused redefinition of DBL_DIG on Netbsd; seems not to be needed. */
66 /* #include <sys/param.h> */
69 #include "character.h"
72 #include "dispextern.h"
74 #include "termhooks.h"
77 #include "emacs-icon.h"
82 #include "intervals.h"
90 #include <X11/Shell.h>
93 #ifdef HAVE_SYS_TIME_H
105 extern int xlwmenu_window_p
P_ ((Widget w
, Window window
));
106 extern void xlwmenu_redisplay
P_ ((Widget
));
109 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
111 extern void free_frame_menubar
P_ ((struct frame
*));
112 extern struct frame
*x_menubar_window_to_frame
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*,
117 #if (XtSpecificationRelease >= 5) && !defined(NO_EDITRES)
119 extern void _XEditResCheckMessages ();
120 #endif /* not NO_EDITRES */
122 /* Include toolkit specific headers for the scroll bar widget. */
124 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
125 #if defined USE_MOTIF
126 #include <Xm/Xm.h> /* for LESSTIF_VERSION */
127 #include <Xm/ScrollBar.h>
128 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
131 #include <X11/Xaw3d/Simple.h>
132 #include <X11/Xaw3d/Scrollbar.h>
133 #include <X11/Xaw3d/ThreeD.h>
134 #else /* !HAVE_XAW3D */
135 #include <X11/Xaw/Simple.h>
136 #include <X11/Xaw/Scrollbar.h>
137 #endif /* !HAVE_XAW3D */
139 #define XtNpickTop "pickTop"
140 #endif /* !XtNpickTop */
141 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
142 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
144 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
146 #if ! defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) && ! defined (USE_GTK)
147 #define x_any_window_to_frame x_window_to_frame
148 #define x_top_window_to_frame x_window_to_frame
153 #ifndef XtNinitialState
154 #define XtNinitialState "initialState"
158 /* Default to using XIM if available. */
162 int use_xim
= 0; /* configure --without-xim */
167 /* Non-nil means Emacs uses toolkit scroll bars. */
169 Lisp_Object Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
;
171 /* Non-zero means that a HELP_EVENT has been generated since Emacs
174 static int any_help_event_p
;
176 /* Last window where we saw the mouse. Used by mouse-autoselect-window. */
177 static Lisp_Object last_window
;
179 /* Non-zero means make use of UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties. */
181 int x_use_underline_position_properties
;
183 /* Non-zero means to draw the underline at the same place as the descent line. */
185 int x_underline_at_descent_line
;
187 /* This is a chain of structures for all the X displays currently in
190 struct x_display_info
*x_display_list
;
192 /* This is a list of cons cells, each of the form (NAME
193 . FONT-LIST-CACHE), one for each element of x_display_list and in
194 the same order. NAME is the name of the frame. FONT-LIST-CACHE
195 records previous values returned by x-list-fonts. */
197 Lisp_Object x_display_name_list
;
199 /* Frame being updated by update_frame. This is declared in term.c.
200 This is set by update_begin and looked at by all the XT functions.
201 It is zero while not inside an update. In that case, the XT
202 functions assume that `selected_frame' is the frame to apply to. */
204 extern struct frame
*updating_frame
;
206 /* This is a frame waiting to be auto-raised, within XTread_socket. */
208 struct frame
*pending_autoraise_frame
;
211 /* The application context for Xt use. */
212 XtAppContext Xt_app_con
;
213 static String Xt_default_resources
[] = {0};
214 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
216 /* Non-zero means user is interacting with a toolkit scroll bar. */
218 static int toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
;
220 /* Non-zero means to not move point as a result of clicking on a
221 frame to focus it (when focus-follows-mouse is nil). */
223 int x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
;
225 /* Non-zero timeout value means ignore next mouse click if it arrives
226 before that timeout elapses (i.e. as part of the same sequence of
227 events resulting from clicking on a frame to select it). */
229 static unsigned long ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
;
233 Formerly, we used PointerMotionHintMask (in standard_event_mask)
234 so that we would have to call XQueryPointer after each MotionNotify
235 event to ask for another such event. However, this made mouse tracking
236 slow, and there was a bug that made it eventually stop.
238 Simply asking for MotionNotify all the time seems to work better.
240 In order to avoid asking for motion events and then throwing most
241 of them away or busy-polling the server for mouse positions, we ask
242 the server for pointer motion hints. This means that we get only
243 one event per group of mouse movements. "Groups" are delimited by
244 other kinds of events (focus changes and button clicks, for
245 example), or by XQueryPointer calls; when one of these happens, we
246 get another MotionNotify event the next time the mouse moves. This
247 is at least as efficient as getting motion events when mouse
248 tracking is on, and I suspect only negligibly worse when tracking
251 /* Where the mouse was last time we reported a mouse event. */
253 static XRectangle last_mouse_glyph
;
254 static FRAME_PTR last_mouse_glyph_frame
;
255 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_press_frame
;
257 /* The scroll bar in which the last X motion event occurred.
259 If the last X motion event occurred in a scroll bar, we set this so
260 XTmouse_position can know whether to report a scroll bar motion or
263 If the last X motion event didn't occur in a scroll bar, we set
264 this to Qnil, to tell XTmouse_position to return an ordinary motion
267 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_scroll_bar
;
269 /* This is a hack. We would really prefer that XTmouse_position would
270 return the time associated with the position it returns, but there
271 doesn't seem to be any way to wrest the time-stamp from the server
272 along with the position query. So, we just keep track of the time
273 of the last movement we received, and return that in hopes that
274 it's somewhat accurate. */
276 static Time last_mouse_movement_time
;
278 /* Time for last user interaction as returned in X events. */
280 static Time last_user_time
;
282 /* Incremented by XTread_socket whenever it really tries to read
286 static int volatile input_signal_count
;
288 static int input_signal_count
;
291 /* Used locally within XTread_socket. */
293 static int x_noop_count
;
295 /* Initial values of argv and argc. */
297 extern char **initial_argv
;
298 extern int initial_argc
;
300 extern Lisp_Object Vcommand_line_args
, Vsystem_name
;
302 /* Tells if a window manager is present or not. */
304 extern Lisp_Object Vx_no_window_manager
;
306 extern Lisp_Object Qeql
;
310 /* A mask of extra modifier bits to put into every keyboard char. */
312 extern EMACS_INT extra_keyboard_modifiers
;
314 /* The keysyms to use for the various modifiers. */
316 Lisp_Object Vx_alt_keysym
, Vx_hyper_keysym
, Vx_meta_keysym
, Vx_super_keysym
;
317 Lisp_Object Vx_keysym_table
;
318 static Lisp_Object Qalt
, Qhyper
, Qmeta
, Qsuper
, Qmodifier_value
;
320 static Lisp_Object Qvendor_specific_keysyms
;
321 static Lisp_Object Qlatin_1
;
324 /* The name of the Emacs icon file. */
325 static Lisp_Object xg_default_icon_file
;
327 /* Used in gtkutil.c. */
328 Lisp_Object Qx_gtk_map_stock
;
331 /* Used in x_flush. */
333 extern Lisp_Object Vinhibit_redisplay
;
335 extern XrmDatabase x_load_resources
P_ ((Display
*, char *, char *, char *));
336 extern int x_bitmap_mask
P_ ((FRAME_PTR
, int));
338 static int x_alloc_nearest_color_1
P_ ((Display
*, Colormap
, XColor
*));
339 static void x_set_window_size_1
P_ ((struct frame
*, int, int, int));
340 static const XColor
*x_color_cells
P_ ((Display
*, int *));
341 static void x_update_window_end
P_ ((struct window
*, int, int));
343 static int x_io_error_quitter
P_ ((Display
*));
344 static struct terminal
*x_create_terminal
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*));
345 void x_delete_terminal
P_ ((struct terminal
*));
346 static void x_update_end
P_ ((struct frame
*));
347 static void XTframe_up_to_date
P_ ((struct frame
*));
348 static void XTset_terminal_modes
P_ ((struct terminal
*));
349 static void XTreset_terminal_modes
P_ ((struct terminal
*));
350 static void x_clear_frame
P_ ((struct frame
*));
351 static void frame_highlight
P_ ((struct frame
*));
352 static void frame_unhighlight
P_ ((struct frame
*));
353 static void x_new_focus_frame
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*, struct frame
*));
354 static void x_focus_changed
P_ ((int, int, struct x_display_info
*,
355 struct frame
*, struct input_event
*));
356 static void x_detect_focus_change
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*,
357 XEvent
*, struct input_event
*));
358 static void XTframe_rehighlight
P_ ((struct frame
*));
359 static void x_frame_rehighlight
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*));
360 static void x_draw_hollow_cursor
P_ ((struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*));
361 static void x_draw_bar_cursor
P_ ((struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*, int,
362 enum text_cursor_kinds
));
364 static void x_clip_to_row
P_ ((struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*, int, GC
));
365 static void x_flush
P_ ((struct frame
*f
));
366 static void x_update_begin
P_ ((struct frame
*));
367 static void x_update_window_begin
P_ ((struct window
*));
368 static void x_after_update_window_line
P_ ((struct glyph_row
*));
369 static struct scroll_bar
*x_window_to_scroll_bar
P_ ((Display
*, Window
));
370 static void x_scroll_bar_report_motion
P_ ((struct frame
**, Lisp_Object
*,
371 enum scroll_bar_part
*,
372 Lisp_Object
*, Lisp_Object
*,
374 static void x_handle_net_wm_state
P_ ((struct frame
*, XPropertyEvent
*));
375 static void x_check_fullscreen
P_ ((struct frame
*));
376 static void x_check_expected_move
P_ ((struct frame
*, int, int));
377 static void x_sync_with_move
P_ ((struct frame
*, int, int, int));
378 static int handle_one_xevent
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*, XEvent
*,
379 int *, struct input_event
*));
380 /* Don't declare this NO_RETURN because we want no
381 interference with debugging failing X calls. */
382 static SIGTYPE x_connection_closed
P_ ((Display
*, char *));
385 /* Flush display of frame F, or of all frames if F is null. */
391 /* Don't call XFlush when it is not safe to redisplay; the X
392 connection may be broken. */
393 if (!NILP (Vinhibit_redisplay
))
399 Lisp_Object rest
, frame
;
400 FOR_EACH_FRAME (rest
, frame
)
401 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
)))
402 x_flush (XFRAME (frame
));
404 else if (FRAME_X_P (f
))
405 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
410 /* Remove calls to XFlush by defining XFlush to an empty replacement.
411 Calls to XFlush should be unnecessary because the X output buffer
412 is flushed automatically as needed by calls to XPending,
413 XNextEvent, or XWindowEvent according to the XFlush man page.
414 XTread_socket calls XPending. Removing XFlush improves
417 #define XFlush(DISPLAY) (void) 0
420 /***********************************************************************
422 ***********************************************************************/
426 /* This is a function useful for recording debugging information about
427 the sequence of occurrences in this file. */
435 struct record event_record
[100];
437 int event_record_index
;
439 record_event (locus
, type
)
443 if (event_record_index
== sizeof (event_record
) / sizeof (struct record
))
444 event_record_index
= 0;
446 event_record
[event_record_index
].locus
= locus
;
447 event_record
[event_record_index
].type
= type
;
448 event_record_index
++;
455 /* Return the struct x_display_info corresponding to DPY. */
457 struct x_display_info
*
458 x_display_info_for_display (dpy
)
461 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
463 for (dpyinfo
= x_display_list
; dpyinfo
; dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
->next
)
464 if (dpyinfo
->display
== dpy
)
470 #define OPAQUE 0xffffffff
471 #define OPACITY "_NET_WM_WINDOW_OPACITY"
474 x_set_frame_alpha (f
)
477 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
478 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
479 Window win
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
481 double alpha_min
= 1.0;
484 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
!= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->parent_desc
)
485 /* Since the WM decoration lies under the FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW,
486 we must treat the former instead of the latter. */
487 win
= FRAME_X_OUTPUT(f
)->parent_desc
;
489 if (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
== f
)
494 if (FLOATP (Vframe_alpha_lower_limit
))
495 alpha_min
= XFLOAT_DATA (Vframe_alpha_lower_limit
);
496 else if (INTEGERP (Vframe_alpha_lower_limit
))
497 alpha_min
= (XINT (Vframe_alpha_lower_limit
)) / 100.0;
501 else if (alpha
> 1.0)
503 else if (0.0 <= alpha
&& alpha
< alpha_min
&& alpha_min
<= 1.0)
506 opac
= alpha
* OPAQUE
;
508 /* return unless necessary */
513 unsigned long n
, left
;
515 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
516 rc
= XGetWindowProperty(dpy
, win
, XInternAtom(dpy
, OPACITY
, False
),
517 0L, 1L, False
, XA_CARDINAL
,
518 &actual
, &format
, &n
, &left
,
521 if (rc
== Success
&& actual
!= None
)
522 if (*(unsigned long *)data
== opac
)
524 XFree ((void *) data
);
529 XFree ((void *) data
);
533 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
534 XChangeProperty (dpy
, win
, XInternAtom (dpy
, OPACITY
, False
),
535 XA_CARDINAL
, 32, PropModeReplace
,
536 (unsigned char *) &opac
, 1L);
541 x_display_pixel_height (dpyinfo
)
542 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
544 return HeightOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
548 x_display_pixel_width (dpyinfo
)
549 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
551 return WidthOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
555 /***********************************************************************
556 Starting and ending an update
557 ***********************************************************************/
559 /* Start an update of frame F. This function is installed as a hook
560 for update_begin, i.e. it is called when update_begin is called.
561 This function is called prior to calls to x_update_window_begin for
562 each window being updated. Currently, there is nothing to do here
563 because all interesting stuff is done on a window basis. */
573 /* Start update of window W. Set the global variable updated_window
574 to the window being updated and set output_cursor to the cursor
578 x_update_window_begin (w
)
581 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
582 struct x_display_info
*display_info
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
585 set_output_cursor (&w
->cursor
);
589 if (f
== display_info
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
591 /* Don't do highlighting for mouse motion during the update. */
592 display_info
->mouse_face_defer
= 1;
594 /* If F needs to be redrawn, simply forget about any prior mouse
596 if (FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f
))
597 display_info
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
604 /* Draw a vertical window border from (x,y0) to (x,y1) */
607 x_draw_vertical_window_border (w
, x
, y0
, y1
)
611 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
614 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, VERTICAL_BORDER_FACE_ID
);
616 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
619 XDrawLine (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
620 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
, x
, y0
, x
, y1
);
623 /* End update of window W (which is equal to updated_window).
625 Draw vertical borders between horizontally adjacent windows, and
626 display W's cursor if CURSOR_ON_P is non-zero.
628 MOUSE_FACE_OVERWRITTEN_P non-zero means that some row containing
629 glyphs in mouse-face were overwritten. In that case we have to
630 make sure that the mouse-highlight is properly redrawn.
632 W may be a menu bar pseudo-window in case we don't have X toolkit
633 support. Such windows don't have a cursor, so don't display it
637 x_update_window_end (w
, cursor_on_p
, mouse_face_overwritten_p
)
639 int cursor_on_p
, mouse_face_overwritten_p
;
641 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (w
->frame
));
643 if (!w
->pseudo_window_p
)
648 display_and_set_cursor (w
, 1, output_cursor
.hpos
,
650 output_cursor
.x
, output_cursor
.y
);
652 if (draw_window_fringes (w
, 1))
653 x_draw_vertical_border (w
);
658 /* If a row with mouse-face was overwritten, arrange for
659 XTframe_up_to_date to redisplay the mouse highlight. */
660 if (mouse_face_overwritten_p
)
662 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
663 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
664 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
667 updated_window
= NULL
;
671 /* End update of frame F. This function is installed as a hook in
678 /* Mouse highlight may be displayed again. */
679 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->mouse_face_defer
= 0;
683 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
689 /* This function is called from various places in xdisp.c whenever a
690 complete update has been performed. The global variable
691 updated_window is not available here. */
694 XTframe_up_to_date (f
)
699 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
701 if (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
702 || f
== dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
705 if (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
706 note_mouse_highlight (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
,
707 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_x
,
708 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_y
);
709 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
= 0;
716 /* Draw truncation mark bitmaps, continuation mark bitmaps, overlay
717 arrow bitmaps, or clear the fringes if no bitmaps are required
718 before DESIRED_ROW is made current. The window being updated is
719 found in updated_window. This function It is called from
720 update_window_line only if it is known that there are differences
721 between bitmaps to be drawn between current row and DESIRED_ROW. */
724 x_after_update_window_line (desired_row
)
725 struct glyph_row
*desired_row
;
727 struct window
*w
= updated_window
;
733 if (!desired_row
->mode_line_p
&& !w
->pseudo_window_p
)
734 desired_row
->redraw_fringe_bitmaps_p
= 1;
736 /* When a window has disappeared, make sure that no rest of
737 full-width rows stays visible in the internal border. Could
738 check here if updated_window is the leftmost/rightmost window,
739 but I guess it's not worth doing since vertically split windows
740 are almost never used, internal border is rarely set, and the
741 overhead is very small. */
742 if (windows_or_buffers_changed
743 && desired_row
->full_width_p
744 && (f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
),
745 width
= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
747 && (height
= desired_row
->visible_height
,
750 int y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (0, desired_row
->y
));
752 /* Internal border is drawn below the tool bar. */
753 if (WINDOWP (f
->tool_bar_window
)
754 && w
== XWINDOW (f
->tool_bar_window
))
758 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
759 0, y
, width
, height
, False
);
760 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
761 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) - width
,
762 y
, width
, height
, False
);
768 x_draw_fringe_bitmap (w
, row
, p
)
770 struct glyph_row
*row
;
771 struct draw_fringe_bitmap_params
*p
;
773 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
774 Display
*display
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
775 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
776 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
777 struct face
*face
= p
->face
;
780 /* Must clip because of partially visible lines. */
781 rowY
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, row
->y
);
784 /* Adjust position of "bottom aligned" bitmap on partially
787 int oldVH
= row
->visible_height
;
788 row
->visible_height
= p
->h
;
789 row
->y
-= rowY
- p
->y
;
790 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, -1, gc
);
792 row
->visible_height
= oldVH
;
795 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, -1, gc
);
799 int bx
= p
->bx
, by
= p
->by
, nx
= p
->nx
, ny
= p
->ny
;
801 /* In case the same realized face is used for fringes and
802 for something displayed in the text (e.g. face `region' on
803 mono-displays, the fill style may have been changed to
804 FillSolid in x_draw_glyph_string_background. */
806 XSetFillStyle (display
, face
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
808 XSetForeground (display
, face
->gc
, face
->background
);
810 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
811 /* If the fringe is adjacent to the left (right) scroll bar of a
812 leftmost (rightmost, respectively) window, then extend its
813 background to the gap between the fringe and the bar. */
814 if ((WINDOW_LEFTMOST_P (w
)
815 && WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_LEFT (w
))
816 || (WINDOW_RIGHTMOST_P (w
)
817 && WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_RIGHT (w
)))
819 int sb_width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (w
);
823 int left
= WINDOW_SCROLL_BAR_AREA_X (w
);
824 int width
= (WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (w
)
825 * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
));
829 /* Bitmap fills the fringe. */
830 if (left
+ width
== p
->x
)
831 bx
= left
+ sb_width
;
832 else if (p
->x
+ p
->wd
== left
)
836 int header_line_height
= WINDOW_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w
);
838 nx
= width
- sb_width
;
839 by
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (header_line_height
,
841 ny
= row
->visible_height
;
846 if (left
+ width
== bx
)
848 bx
= left
+ sb_width
;
849 nx
+= width
- sb_width
;
851 else if (bx
+ nx
== left
)
852 nx
+= width
- sb_width
;
857 if (bx
>= 0 && nx
> 0)
858 XFillRectangle (display
, window
, face
->gc
, bx
, by
, nx
, ny
);
861 XSetForeground (display
, face
->gc
, face
->foreground
);
867 Pixmap pixmap
, clipmask
= (Pixmap
) 0;
868 int depth
= DefaultDepthOfScreen (FRAME_X_SCREEN (f
));
872 bits
= (unsigned char *)(p
->bits
+ p
->dh
);
874 bits
= (unsigned char *)p
->bits
+ p
->dh
;
876 /* Draw the bitmap. I believe these small pixmaps can be cached
878 pixmap
= XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (display
, window
, bits
, p
->wd
, p
->h
,
880 ? (p
->overlay_p
? face
->background
881 : f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
)
883 face
->background
, depth
);
887 clipmask
= XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (display
,
888 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
,
891 gcv
.clip_mask
= clipmask
;
892 gcv
.clip_x_origin
= p
->x
;
893 gcv
.clip_y_origin
= p
->y
;
894 XChangeGC (display
, gc
, GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
, &gcv
);
897 XCopyArea (display
, pixmap
, window
, gc
, 0, 0,
898 p
->wd
, p
->h
, p
->x
, p
->y
);
899 XFreePixmap (display
, pixmap
);
903 gcv
.clip_mask
= (Pixmap
) 0;
904 XChangeGC (display
, gc
, GCClipMask
, &gcv
);
905 XFreePixmap (display
, clipmask
);
909 XSetClipMask (display
, gc
, None
);
914 /* This is called when starting Emacs and when restarting after
915 suspend. When starting Emacs, no X window is mapped. And nothing
916 must be done to Emacs's own window if it is suspended (though that
920 XTset_terminal_modes (struct terminal
*terminal
)
924 /* This is called when exiting or suspending Emacs. Exiting will make
925 the X-windows go away, and suspending requires no action. */
928 XTreset_terminal_modes (struct terminal
*terminal
)
933 /***********************************************************************
935 ***********************************************************************/
939 static void x_set_glyph_string_clipping
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
940 static void x_set_glyph_string_gc
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
941 static void x_draw_glyph_string_background
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*,
943 static void x_draw_glyph_string_foreground
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
944 static void x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
945 static void x_draw_glyph_string_box
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
946 static void x_draw_glyph_string
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
947 static void x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
948 static void x_set_cursor_gc
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
949 static void x_set_mode_line_face_gc
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
950 static void x_set_mouse_face_gc
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
951 static int x_alloc_lighter_color
P_ ((struct frame
*, Display
*, Colormap
,
952 unsigned long *, double, int));
953 static void x_setup_relief_color
P_ ((struct frame
*, struct relief
*,
954 double, int, unsigned long));
955 static void x_setup_relief_colors
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
956 static void x_draw_image_glyph_string
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
957 static void x_draw_image_relief
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
958 static void x_draw_image_foreground
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
959 static void x_draw_image_foreground_1
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*, Pixmap
));
960 static void x_clear_glyph_string_rect
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*, int,
962 static void x_draw_relief_rect
P_ ((struct frame
*, int, int, int, int,
963 int, int, int, int, int, int,
965 static void x_draw_box_rect
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*, int, int, int, int,
966 int, int, int, XRectangle
*));
969 static void x_check_font
P_ ((struct frame
*, struct font
*));
973 /* Set S->gc to a suitable GC for drawing glyph string S in cursor
978 struct glyph_string
*s
;
980 if (s
->font
== FRAME_FONT (s
->f
)
981 && s
->face
->background
== FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (s
->f
)
982 && s
->face
->foreground
== FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (s
->f
)
984 s
->gc
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_gc
;
987 /* Cursor on non-default face: must merge. */
991 xgcv
.background
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
992 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->background
;
994 /* If the glyph would be invisible, try a different foreground. */
995 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
996 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
997 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
998 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_foreground_pixel
;
999 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
1000 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
1002 /* Make sure the cursor is distinct from text in this face. */
1003 if (xgcv
.background
== s
->face
->background
1004 && xgcv
.foreground
== s
->face
->foreground
)
1006 xgcv
.background
= s
->face
->foreground
;
1007 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->background
;
1010 IF_DEBUG (x_check_font (s
->f
, s
->font
));
1011 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
1012 mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
1014 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
)
1015 XChangeGC (s
->display
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
,
1018 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
1019 = XCreateGC (s
->display
, s
->window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
1021 s
->gc
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
1026 /* Set up S->gc of glyph string S for drawing text in mouse face. */
1029 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s
)
1030 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1035 /* What face has to be used last for the mouse face? */
1036 face_id
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->mouse_face_face_id
;
1037 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, face_id
);
1039 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, MOUSE_FACE_ID
);
1041 if (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
1042 face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (s
->f
, face
, s
->first_glyph
->u
.ch
, -1, Qnil
);
1044 face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (s
->f
, face
, 0, -1, Qnil
);
1045 s
->face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, face_id
);
1046 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (s
->f
, s
->face
);
1048 if (s
->font
== s
->face
->font
)
1049 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1052 /* Otherwise construct scratch_cursor_gc with values from FACE
1057 xgcv
.background
= s
->face
->background
;
1058 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
1059 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
1060 mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
1062 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
)
1063 XChangeGC (s
->display
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
,
1066 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
1067 = XCreateGC (s
->display
, s
->window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
1069 s
->gc
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
1072 xassert (s
->gc
!= 0);
1076 /* Set S->gc of glyph string S to a GC suitable for drawing a mode line.
1077 Faces to use in the mode line have already been computed when the
1078 matrix was built, so there isn't much to do, here. */
1081 x_set_mode_line_face_gc (s
)
1082 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1084 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1088 /* Set S->gc of glyph string S for drawing that glyph string. Set
1089 S->stippled_p to a non-zero value if the face of S has a stipple
1093 x_set_glyph_string_gc (s
)
1094 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1096 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (s
->f
, s
->face
);
1098 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
)
1100 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1101 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1103 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_INVERSE_VIDEO
)
1105 x_set_mode_line_face_gc (s
);
1106 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1108 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
1110 x_set_cursor_gc (s
);
1113 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
)
1115 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s
);
1116 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1118 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
1119 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
)
1121 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1122 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1126 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1127 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1130 /* GC must have been set. */
1131 xassert (s
->gc
!= 0);
1135 /* Set clipping for output of glyph string S. S may be part of a mode
1136 line or menu if we don't have X toolkit support. */
1139 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
)
1140 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1142 XRectangle
*r
= s
->clip
;
1143 int n
= get_glyph_string_clip_rects (s
, r
, 2);
1146 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0, r
, n
, Unsorted
);
1151 /* Set SRC's clipping for output of glyph string DST. This is called
1152 when we are drawing DST's left_overhang or right_overhang only in
1156 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (src
, dst
)
1157 struct glyph_string
*src
, *dst
;
1162 r
.width
= src
->width
;
1164 r
.height
= src
->height
;
1167 XSetClipRectangles (dst
->display
, dst
->gc
, 0, 0, &r
, 1, Unsorted
);
1172 Compute left and right overhang of glyph string S. */
1175 x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs (s
)
1176 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1179 && (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
1180 || s
->first_glyph
->type
== COMPOSITE_GLYPH
))
1182 struct font_metrics metrics
;
1184 if (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
1186 unsigned *code
= alloca (sizeof (unsigned) * s
->nchars
);
1187 struct font
*font
= s
->font
;
1190 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; i
++)
1191 code
[i
] = (s
->char2b
[i
].byte1
<< 8) | s
->char2b
[i
].byte2
;
1192 font
->driver
->text_extents (font
, code
, s
->nchars
, &metrics
);
1196 Lisp_Object gstring
= composition_gstring_from_id (s
->cmp_id
);
1198 composition_gstring_width (gstring
, s
->cmp_from
, s
->cmp_to
, &metrics
);
1200 s
->right_overhang
= (metrics
.rbearing
> metrics
.width
1201 ? metrics
.rbearing
- metrics
.width
: 0);
1202 s
->left_overhang
= metrics
.lbearing
< 0 ? - metrics
.lbearing
: 0;
1206 s
->right_overhang
= s
->cmp
->rbearing
- s
->cmp
->pixel_width
;
1207 s
->left_overhang
= - s
->cmp
->lbearing
;
1212 /* Fill rectangle X, Y, W, H with background color of glyph string S. */
1215 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s
, x
, y
, w
, h
)
1216 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1220 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
1221 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.background
);
1222 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
1223 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
1227 /* Draw the background of glyph_string S. If S->background_filled_p
1228 is non-zero don't draw it. FORCE_P non-zero means draw the
1229 background even if it wouldn't be drawn normally. This is used
1230 when a string preceding S draws into the background of S, or S
1231 contains the first component of a composition. */
1234 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, force_p
)
1235 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1238 /* Nothing to do if background has already been drawn or if it
1239 shouldn't be drawn in the first place. */
1240 if (!s
->background_filled_p
)
1242 int box_line_width
= max (s
->face
->box_line_width
, 0);
1246 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
1247 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
1248 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
,
1249 s
->y
+ box_line_width
,
1250 s
->background_width
,
1251 s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
);
1252 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
1253 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
1255 else if (FONT_HEIGHT (s
->font
) < s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
1256 || s
->font_not_found_p
1257 || s
->extends_to_end_of_line_p
1260 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ box_line_width
,
1261 s
->background_width
,
1262 s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
);
1263 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
1269 /* Draw the foreground of glyph string S. */
1272 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (s
)
1273 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1277 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
1278 of S to the right of that box line. */
1279 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
1280 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
1281 x
= s
->x
+ eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
1285 /* Draw characters of S as rectangles if S's font could not be
1287 if (s
->font_not_found_p
)
1289 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; ++i
)
1291 struct glyph
*g
= s
->first_glyph
+ i
;
1292 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
,
1293 s
->gc
, x
, s
->y
, g
->pixel_width
- 1,
1295 x
+= g
->pixel_width
;
1300 struct font
*font
= s
->font
;
1301 int boff
= font
->baseline_offset
;
1304 if (font
->vertical_centering
)
1305 boff
= VCENTER_BASELINE_OFFSET (font
, s
->f
) - boff
;
1307 y
= s
->ybase
- boff
;
1309 || (s
->background_filled_p
&& s
->hl
!= DRAW_CURSOR
))
1310 font
->driver
->draw (s
, 0, s
->nchars
, x
, y
, 0);
1312 font
->driver
->draw (s
, 0, s
->nchars
, x
, y
, 1);
1313 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1314 font
->driver
->draw (s
, 0, s
->nchars
, x
+ 1, y
, 0);
1318 /* Draw the foreground of composite glyph string S. */
1321 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (s
)
1322 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1325 struct font
*font
= s
->font
;
1327 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
1328 of S to the right of that box line. */
1329 if (s
->face
&& s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
1330 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
1331 x
= s
->x
+ eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
1335 /* S is a glyph string for a composition. S->cmp_from is the index
1336 of the first character drawn for glyphs of this composition.
1337 S->cmp_from == 0 means we are drawing the very first character of
1338 this composition. */
1340 /* Draw a rectangle for the composition if the font for the very
1341 first character of the composition could not be loaded. */
1342 if (s
->font_not_found_p
)
1344 if (s
->cmp_from
== 0)
1345 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, s
->y
,
1346 s
->width
- 1, s
->height
- 1);
1348 else if (! s
->first_glyph
->u
.cmp
.automatic
)
1352 for (i
= 0, j
= s
->cmp_from
; i
< s
->nchars
; i
++, j
++)
1353 if (COMPOSITION_GLYPH (s
->cmp
, j
) != '\t')
1355 int xx
= x
+ s
->cmp
->offsets
[j
* 2];
1356 int yy
= y
- s
->cmp
->offsets
[j
* 2 + 1];
1358 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, j
+ 1, xx
, yy
, 0);
1359 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1360 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, j
+ 1, xx
+ 1, yy
, 0);
1365 Lisp_Object gstring
= composition_gstring_from_id (s
->cmp_id
);
1370 for (i
= j
= s
->cmp_from
; i
< s
->cmp_to
; i
++)
1372 glyph
= LGSTRING_GLYPH (gstring
, i
);
1373 if (NILP (LGLYPH_ADJUSTMENT (glyph
)))
1374 width
+= LGLYPH_WIDTH (glyph
);
1377 int xoff
, yoff
, wadjust
;
1381 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, i
, x
, y
, 0);
1384 xoff
= LGLYPH_XOFF (glyph
);
1385 yoff
= LGLYPH_YOFF (glyph
);
1386 wadjust
= LGLYPH_WADJUST (glyph
);
1387 font
->driver
->draw (s
, i
, i
+ 1, x
+ xoff
, y
+ yoff
, 0);
1394 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, i
, x
, y
, 0);
1399 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
1401 static struct frame
*x_frame_of_widget
P_ ((Widget
));
1402 static Boolean cvt_string_to_pixel
P_ ((Display
*, XrmValue
*, Cardinal
*,
1403 XrmValue
*, XrmValue
*, XtPointer
*));
1404 static void cvt_pixel_dtor
P_ ((XtAppContext
, XrmValue
*, XtPointer
,
1405 XrmValue
*, Cardinal
*));
1408 /* Return the frame on which widget WIDGET is used.. Abort if frame
1409 cannot be determined. */
1411 static struct frame
*
1412 x_frame_of_widget (widget
)
1415 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
1419 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (XtDisplay (widget
));
1421 /* Find the top-level shell of the widget. Note that this function
1422 can be called when the widget is not yet realized, so XtWindow
1423 (widget) == 0. That's the reason we can't simply use
1424 x_any_window_to_frame. */
1425 while (!XtIsTopLevelShell (widget
))
1426 widget
= XtParent (widget
);
1428 /* Look for a frame with that top-level widget. Allocate the color
1429 on that frame to get the right gamma correction value. */
1430 for (tail
= Vframe_list
; CONSP (tail
); tail
= XCDR (tail
))
1431 if (FRAMEP (XCAR (tail
))
1432 && (f
= XFRAME (XCAR (tail
)),
1434 && f
->output_data
.nothing
!= 1
1435 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == dpyinfo
))
1436 && f
->output_data
.x
->widget
== widget
)
1443 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on the screen and display of
1444 widget WIDGET in colormap CMAP. If an exact match cannot be
1445 allocated, try the nearest color available. Value is non-zero
1446 if successful. This is called from lwlib. */
1449 x_alloc_nearest_color_for_widget (widget
, cmap
, color
)
1454 struct frame
*f
= x_frame_of_widget (widget
);
1455 return x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, color
);
1459 /* Allocate a color which is lighter or darker than *PIXEL by FACTOR
1460 or DELTA. Try a color with RGB values multiplied by FACTOR first.
1461 If this produces the same color as PIXEL, try a color where all RGB
1462 values have DELTA added. Return the allocated color in *PIXEL.
1463 DISPLAY is the X display, CMAP is the colormap to operate on.
1464 Value is non-zero if successful. */
1467 x_alloc_lighter_color_for_widget (widget
, display
, cmap
, pixel
, factor
, delta
)
1471 unsigned long *pixel
;
1475 struct frame
*f
= x_frame_of_widget (widget
);
1476 return x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, display
, cmap
, pixel
, factor
, delta
);
1480 /* Structure specifying which arguments should be passed by Xt to
1481 cvt_string_to_pixel. We want the widget's screen and colormap. */
1483 static XtConvertArgRec cvt_string_to_pixel_args
[] =
1485 {XtWidgetBaseOffset
, (XtPointer
) XtOffset (Widget
, core
.screen
),
1487 {XtWidgetBaseOffset
, (XtPointer
) XtOffset (Widget
, core
.colormap
),
1492 /* The address of this variable is returned by
1493 cvt_string_to_pixel. */
1495 static Pixel cvt_string_to_pixel_value
;
1498 /* Convert a color name to a pixel color.
1500 DPY is the display we are working on.
1502 ARGS is an array of *NARGS XrmValue structures holding additional
1503 information about the widget for which the conversion takes place.
1504 The contents of this array are determined by the specification
1505 in cvt_string_to_pixel_args.
1507 FROM is a pointer to an XrmValue which points to the color name to
1508 convert. TO is an XrmValue in which to return the pixel color.
1510 CLOSURE_RET is a pointer to user-data, in which we record if
1511 we allocated the color or not.
1513 Value is True if successful, False otherwise. */
1516 cvt_string_to_pixel (dpy
, args
, nargs
, from
, to
, closure_ret
)
1520 XrmValue
*from
, *to
;
1521 XtPointer
*closure_ret
;
1531 XtAppWarningMsg (XtDisplayToApplicationContext (dpy
),
1532 "wrongParameters", "cvt_string_to_pixel",
1534 "Screen and colormap args required", NULL
, NULL
);
1538 screen
= *(Screen
**) args
[0].addr
;
1539 cmap
= *(Colormap
*) args
[1].addr
;
1540 color_name
= (String
) from
->addr
;
1542 if (strcmp (color_name
, XtDefaultBackground
) == 0)
1544 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) False
;
1545 pixel
= WhitePixelOfScreen (screen
);
1547 else if (strcmp (color_name
, XtDefaultForeground
) == 0)
1549 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) False
;
1550 pixel
= BlackPixelOfScreen (screen
);
1552 else if (XParseColor (dpy
, cmap
, color_name
, &color
)
1553 && x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (dpy
, cmap
, &color
))
1555 pixel
= color
.pixel
;
1556 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) True
;
1561 Cardinal nparams
= 1;
1563 params
[0] = color_name
;
1564 XtAppWarningMsg (XtDisplayToApplicationContext (dpy
),
1565 "badValue", "cvt_string_to_pixel",
1566 "XtToolkitError", "Invalid color `%s'",
1571 if (to
->addr
!= NULL
)
1573 if (to
->size
< sizeof (Pixel
))
1575 to
->size
= sizeof (Pixel
);
1579 *(Pixel
*) to
->addr
= pixel
;
1583 cvt_string_to_pixel_value
= pixel
;
1584 to
->addr
= (XtPointer
) &cvt_string_to_pixel_value
;
1587 to
->size
= sizeof (Pixel
);
1592 /* Free a pixel color which was previously allocated via
1593 cvt_string_to_pixel. This is registered as the destructor
1594 for this type of resource via XtSetTypeConverter.
1596 APP is the application context in which we work.
1598 TO is a pointer to an XrmValue holding the color to free.
1599 CLOSURE is the value we stored in CLOSURE_RET for this color
1600 in cvt_string_to_pixel.
1602 ARGS and NARGS are like for cvt_string_to_pixel. */
1605 cvt_pixel_dtor (app
, to
, closure
, args
, nargs
)
1614 XtAppWarningMsg (app
, "wrongParameters", "cvt_pixel_dtor",
1616 "Screen and colormap arguments required",
1619 else if (closure
!= NULL
)
1621 /* We did allocate the pixel, so free it. */
1622 Screen
*screen
= *(Screen
**) args
[0].addr
;
1623 Colormap cmap
= *(Colormap
*) args
[1].addr
;
1624 x_free_dpy_colors (DisplayOfScreen (screen
), screen
, cmap
,
1625 (Pixel
*) to
->addr
, 1);
1630 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
1633 /* Value is an array of XColor structures for the contents of the
1634 color map of display DPY. Set *NCELLS to the size of the array.
1635 Note that this probably shouldn't be called for large color maps,
1636 say a 24-bit TrueColor map. */
1638 static const XColor
*
1639 x_color_cells (dpy
, ncells
)
1643 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
1645 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
== NULL
)
1647 Screen
*screen
= dpyinfo
->screen
;
1650 dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
1651 = XDisplayCells (dpy
, XScreenNumberOfScreen (screen
));
1652 dpyinfo
->color_cells
1653 = (XColor
*) xmalloc (dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
1654 * sizeof *dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
1656 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
; ++i
)
1657 dpyinfo
->color_cells
[i
].pixel
= i
;
1659 XQueryColors (dpy
, dpyinfo
->cmap
,
1660 dpyinfo
->color_cells
, dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
);
1663 *ncells
= dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
;
1664 return dpyinfo
->color_cells
;
1668 /* On frame F, translate pixel colors to RGB values for the NCOLORS
1669 colors in COLORS. Use cached information, if available. */
1672 x_query_colors (f
, colors
, ncolors
)
1677 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
1679 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
)
1682 for (i
= 0; i
< ncolors
; ++i
)
1684 unsigned long pixel
= colors
[i
].pixel
;
1685 xassert (pixel
< dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
);
1686 xassert (dpyinfo
->color_cells
[pixel
].pixel
== pixel
);
1687 colors
[i
] = dpyinfo
->color_cells
[pixel
];
1691 XQueryColors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
), colors
, ncolors
);
1695 /* On frame F, translate pixel color to RGB values for the color in
1696 COLOR. Use cached information, if available. */
1699 x_query_color (f
, color
)
1703 x_query_colors (f
, color
, 1);
1707 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on DISPLAY, colormap CMAP. If an
1708 exact match can't be allocated, try the nearest color available.
1709 Value is non-zero if successful. Set *COLOR to the color
1713 x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (dpy
, cmap
, color
)
1720 rc
= XAllocColor (dpy
, cmap
, color
);
1723 /* If we got to this point, the colormap is full, so we're going
1724 to try to get the next closest color. The algorithm used is
1725 a least-squares matching, which is what X uses for closest
1726 color matching with StaticColor visuals. */
1728 unsigned long nearest_delta
= ~0;
1730 const XColor
*cells
= x_color_cells (dpy
, &ncells
);
1732 for (nearest
= i
= 0; i
< ncells
; ++i
)
1734 long dred
= (color
->red
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].red
>> 8);
1735 long dgreen
= (color
->green
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].green
>> 8);
1736 long dblue
= (color
->blue
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].blue
>> 8);
1737 unsigned long delta
= dred
* dred
+ dgreen
* dgreen
+ dblue
* dblue
;
1739 if (delta
< nearest_delta
)
1742 nearest_delta
= delta
;
1746 color
->red
= cells
[nearest
].red
;
1747 color
->green
= cells
[nearest
].green
;
1748 color
->blue
= cells
[nearest
].blue
;
1749 rc
= XAllocColor (dpy
, cmap
, color
);
1753 /* If allocation succeeded, and the allocated pixel color is not
1754 equal to a cached pixel color recorded earlier, there was a
1755 change in the colormap, so clear the color cache. */
1756 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
1757 XColor
*cached_color
;
1759 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
1760 && (cached_color
= &dpyinfo
->color_cells
[color
->pixel
],
1761 (cached_color
->red
!= color
->red
1762 || cached_color
->blue
!= color
->blue
1763 || cached_color
->green
!= color
->green
)))
1765 xfree (dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
1766 dpyinfo
->color_cells
= NULL
;
1767 dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
= 0;
1771 #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
1773 register_color (color
->pixel
);
1774 #endif /* DEBUG_X_COLORS */
1780 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on frame F, colormap CMAP. If an
1781 exact match can't be allocated, try the nearest color available.
1782 Value is non-zero if successful. Set *COLOR to the color
1786 x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, color
)
1791 gamma_correct (f
, color
);
1792 return x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), cmap
, color
);
1796 /* Allocate color PIXEL on frame F. PIXEL must already be allocated.
1797 It's necessary to do this instead of just using PIXEL directly to
1798 get color reference counts right. */
1801 x_copy_color (f
, pixel
)
1803 unsigned long pixel
;
1807 color
.pixel
= pixel
;
1809 x_query_color (f
, &color
);
1810 XAllocColor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
), &color
);
1812 #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
1813 register_color (pixel
);
1819 /* Allocate color PIXEL on display DPY. PIXEL must already be allocated.
1820 It's necessary to do this instead of just using PIXEL directly to
1821 get color reference counts right. */
1824 x_copy_dpy_color (dpy
, cmap
, pixel
)
1827 unsigned long pixel
;
1831 color
.pixel
= pixel
;
1833 XQueryColor (dpy
, cmap
, &color
);
1834 XAllocColor (dpy
, cmap
, &color
);
1836 #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
1837 register_color (pixel
);
1843 /* Brightness beyond which a color won't have its highlight brightness
1846 Nominally, highlight colors for `3d' faces are calculated by
1847 brightening an object's color by a constant scale factor, but this
1848 doesn't yield good results for dark colors, so for colors who's
1849 brightness is less than this value (on a scale of 0-65535) have an
1850 use an additional additive factor.
1852 The value here is set so that the default menu-bar/mode-line color
1853 (grey75) will not have its highlights changed at all. */
1854 #define HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT 48000
1857 /* Allocate a color which is lighter or darker than *PIXEL by FACTOR
1858 or DELTA. Try a color with RGB values multiplied by FACTOR first.
1859 If this produces the same color as PIXEL, try a color where all RGB
1860 values have DELTA added. Return the allocated color in *PIXEL.
1861 DISPLAY is the X display, CMAP is the colormap to operate on.
1862 Value is non-zero if successful. */
1865 x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, display
, cmap
, pixel
, factor
, delta
)
1869 unsigned long *pixel
;
1877 /* Get RGB color values. */
1878 color
.pixel
= *pixel
;
1879 x_query_color (f
, &color
);
1881 /* Change RGB values by specified FACTOR. Avoid overflow! */
1882 xassert (factor
>= 0);
1883 new.red
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.red
);
1884 new.green
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.green
);
1885 new.blue
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.blue
);
1887 /* Calculate brightness of COLOR. */
1888 bright
= (2 * color
.red
+ 3 * color
.green
+ color
.blue
) / 6;
1890 /* We only boost colors that are darker than
1891 HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT. */
1892 if (bright
< HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT
)
1893 /* Make an additive adjustment to NEW, because it's dark enough so
1894 that scaling by FACTOR alone isn't enough. */
1896 /* How far below the limit this color is (0 - 1, 1 being darker). */
1897 double dimness
= 1 - (double)bright
/ HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT
;
1898 /* The additive adjustment. */
1899 int min_delta
= delta
* dimness
* factor
/ 2;
1903 new.red
= max (0, new.red
- min_delta
);
1904 new.green
= max (0, new.green
- min_delta
);
1905 new.blue
= max (0, new.blue
- min_delta
);
1909 new.red
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.red
);
1910 new.green
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.green
);
1911 new.blue
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.blue
);
1915 /* Try to allocate the color. */
1916 success_p
= x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, &new);
1919 if (new.pixel
== *pixel
)
1921 /* If we end up with the same color as before, try adding
1922 delta to the RGB values. */
1923 x_free_colors (f
, &new.pixel
, 1);
1925 new.red
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.red
);
1926 new.green
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.green
);
1927 new.blue
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.blue
);
1928 success_p
= x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, &new);
1939 /* Set up the foreground color for drawing relief lines of glyph
1940 string S. RELIEF is a pointer to a struct relief containing the GC
1941 with which lines will be drawn. Use a color that is FACTOR or
1942 DELTA lighter or darker than the relief's background which is found
1943 in S->f->output_data.x->relief_background. If such a color cannot
1944 be allocated, use DEFAULT_PIXEL, instead. */
1947 x_setup_relief_color (f
, relief
, factor
, delta
, default_pixel
)
1949 struct relief
*relief
;
1952 unsigned long default_pixel
;
1955 struct x_output
*di
= f
->output_data
.x
;
1956 unsigned long mask
= GCForeground
| GCLineWidth
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
1957 unsigned long pixel
;
1958 unsigned long background
= di
->relief_background
;
1959 Colormap cmap
= FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
);
1960 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
1961 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
1963 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
1964 xgcv
.line_width
= 1;
1966 /* Free previously allocated color. The color cell will be reused
1967 when it has been freed as many times as it was allocated, so this
1968 doesn't affect faces using the same colors. */
1970 && relief
->allocated_p
)
1972 x_free_colors (f
, &relief
->pixel
, 1);
1973 relief
->allocated_p
= 0;
1976 /* Allocate new color. */
1977 xgcv
.foreground
= default_pixel
;
1979 if (dpyinfo
->n_planes
!= 1
1980 && x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, dpy
, cmap
, &pixel
, factor
, delta
))
1982 relief
->allocated_p
= 1;
1983 xgcv
.foreground
= relief
->pixel
= pixel
;
1986 if (relief
->gc
== 0)
1988 xgcv
.stipple
= dpyinfo
->gray
;
1990 relief
->gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), mask
, &xgcv
);
1993 XChangeGC (dpy
, relief
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
1997 /* Set up colors for the relief lines around glyph string S. */
2000 x_setup_relief_colors (s
)
2001 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2003 struct x_output
*di
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
;
2004 unsigned long color
;
2006 if (s
->face
->use_box_color_for_shadows_p
)
2007 color
= s
->face
->box_color
;
2008 else if (s
->first_glyph
->type
== IMAGE_GLYPH
2010 && !IMAGE_BACKGROUND_TRANSPARENT (s
->img
, s
->f
, 0))
2011 color
= IMAGE_BACKGROUND (s
->img
, s
->f
, 0);
2016 /* Get the background color of the face. */
2017 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
2018 color
= xgcv
.background
;
2021 if (di
->white_relief
.gc
== 0
2022 || color
!= di
->relief_background
)
2024 di
->relief_background
= color
;
2025 x_setup_relief_color (s
->f
, &di
->white_relief
, 1.2, 0x8000,
2026 WHITE_PIX_DEFAULT (s
->f
));
2027 x_setup_relief_color (s
->f
, &di
->black_relief
, 0.6, 0x4000,
2028 BLACK_PIX_DEFAULT (s
->f
));
2033 /* Draw a relief on frame F inside the rectangle given by LEFT_X,
2034 TOP_Y, RIGHT_X, and BOTTOM_Y. WIDTH is the thickness of the relief
2035 to draw, it must be >= 0. RAISED_P non-zero means draw a raised
2036 relief. LEFT_P non-zero means draw a relief on the left side of
2037 the rectangle. RIGHT_P non-zero means draw a relief on the right
2038 side of the rectangle. CLIP_RECT is the clipping rectangle to use
2042 x_draw_relief_rect (f
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
,
2043 raised_p
, top_p
, bot_p
, left_p
, right_p
, clip_rect
)
2045 int left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
;
2046 int top_p
, bot_p
, left_p
, right_p
, raised_p
;
2047 XRectangle
*clip_rect
;
2049 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
2050 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
2055 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
;
2057 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
;
2058 XSetClipRectangles (dpy
, gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
2062 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
2063 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2064 left_x
+ i
* left_p
, top_y
+ i
,
2065 right_x
+ 1 - i
* right_p
, top_y
+ i
);
2069 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
2070 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2071 left_x
+ i
, top_y
+ i
, left_x
+ i
, bottom_y
- i
+ 1);
2073 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
2075 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
;
2077 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
;
2078 XSetClipRectangles (dpy
, gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
2082 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
2083 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2084 left_x
+ i
* left_p
, bottom_y
- i
,
2085 right_x
+ 1 - i
* right_p
, bottom_y
- i
);
2089 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
2090 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2091 right_x
- i
, top_y
+ i
+ 1, right_x
- i
, bottom_y
- i
);
2093 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
2097 /* Draw a box on frame F inside the rectangle given by LEFT_X, TOP_Y,
2098 RIGHT_X, and BOTTOM_Y. WIDTH is the thickness of the lines to
2099 draw, it must be >= 0. LEFT_P non-zero means draw a line on the
2100 left side of the rectangle. RIGHT_P non-zero means draw a line
2101 on the right side of the rectangle. CLIP_RECT is the clipping
2102 rectangle to use when drawing. */
2105 x_draw_box_rect (s
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
,
2106 left_p
, right_p
, clip_rect
)
2107 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2108 int left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
, left_p
, right_p
;
2109 XRectangle
*clip_rect
;
2113 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2114 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->box_color
);
2115 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
2118 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2119 left_x
, top_y
, right_x
- left_x
+ 1, width
);
2123 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2124 left_x
, top_y
, width
, bottom_y
- top_y
+ 1);
2127 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2128 left_x
, bottom_y
- width
+ 1, right_x
- left_x
+ 1, width
);
2132 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2133 right_x
- width
+ 1, top_y
, width
, bottom_y
- top_y
+ 1);
2135 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2136 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2140 /* Draw a box around glyph string S. */
2143 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s
)
2144 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2146 int width
, left_x
, right_x
, top_y
, bottom_y
, last_x
, raised_p
;
2147 int left_p
, right_p
;
2148 struct glyph
*last_glyph
;
2149 XRectangle clip_rect
;
2151 last_x
= ((s
->row
->full_width_p
&& !s
->w
->pseudo_window_p
)
2152 ? WINDOW_RIGHT_EDGE_X (s
->w
)
2153 : window_box_right (s
->w
, s
->area
));
2155 /* The glyph that may have a right box line. */
2156 last_glyph
= (s
->cmp
|| s
->img
2158 : s
->first_glyph
+ s
->nchars
- 1);
2160 width
= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2161 raised_p
= s
->face
->box
== FACE_RAISED_BOX
;
2163 right_x
= (s
->row
->full_width_p
&& s
->extends_to_end_of_line_p
2165 : min (last_x
, s
->x
+ s
->background_width
) - 1);
2167 bottom_y
= top_y
+ s
->height
- 1;
2169 left_p
= (s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2170 || (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
2172 || s
->prev
->hl
!= s
->hl
)));
2173 right_p
= (last_glyph
->right_box_line_p
2174 || (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
2176 || s
->next
->hl
!= s
->hl
)));
2178 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2180 if (s
->face
->box
== FACE_SIMPLE_BOX
)
2181 x_draw_box_rect (s
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
,
2182 left_p
, right_p
, &clip_rect
);
2185 x_setup_relief_colors (s
);
2186 x_draw_relief_rect (s
->f
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
,
2187 width
, raised_p
, 1, 1, left_p
, right_p
, &clip_rect
);
2192 /* Draw foreground of image glyph string S. */
2195 x_draw_image_foreground (s
)
2196 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2199 int y
= s
->ybase
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
, &s
->slice
);
2201 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2202 right of that line. */
2203 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2204 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2206 x
+= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2208 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2210 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2211 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2212 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2213 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2219 /* We can't set both a clip mask and use XSetClipRectangles
2220 because the latter also sets a clip mask. We also can't
2221 trust on the shape extension to be available
2222 (XShapeCombineRegion). So, compute the rectangle to draw
2224 unsigned long mask
= (GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
2227 XRectangle clip_rect
, image_rect
, r
;
2229 xgcv
.clip_mask
= s
->img
->mask
;
2230 xgcv
.clip_x_origin
= x
;
2231 xgcv
.clip_y_origin
= y
;
2232 xgcv
.function
= GXcopy
;
2233 XChangeGC (s
->display
, s
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
2235 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2238 image_rect
.width
= s
->slice
.width
;
2239 image_rect
.height
= s
->slice
.height
;
2240 if (x_intersect_rectangles (&clip_rect
, &image_rect
, &r
))
2241 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2242 s
->slice
.x
+ r
.x
- x
, s
->slice
.y
+ r
.y
- y
,
2243 r
.width
, r
.height
, r
.x
, r
.y
);
2247 XRectangle clip_rect
, image_rect
, r
;
2249 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2252 image_rect
.width
= s
->slice
.width
;
2253 image_rect
.height
= s
->slice
.height
;
2254 if (x_intersect_rectangles (&clip_rect
, &image_rect
, &r
))
2255 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2256 s
->slice
.x
+ r
.x
- x
, s
->slice
.y
+ r
.y
- y
,
2257 r
.width
, r
.height
, r
.x
, r
.y
);
2259 /* When the image has a mask, we can expect that at
2260 least part of a mouse highlight or a block cursor will
2261 be visible. If the image doesn't have a mask, make
2262 a block cursor visible by drawing a rectangle around
2263 the image. I believe it's looking better if we do
2264 nothing here for mouse-face. */
2265 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
2267 int r
= s
->img
->relief
;
2269 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2271 s
->slice
.width
+ r
*2 - 1,
2272 s
->slice
.height
+ r
*2 - 1);
2277 /* Draw a rectangle if image could not be loaded. */
2278 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
,
2279 s
->slice
.width
- 1, s
->slice
.height
- 1);
2283 /* Draw a relief around the image glyph string S. */
2286 x_draw_image_relief (s
)
2287 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2289 int x0
, y0
, x1
, y1
, thick
, raised_p
;
2292 int y
= s
->ybase
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
, &s
->slice
);
2294 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2295 right of that line. */
2296 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2297 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2299 x
+= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2301 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2303 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2304 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2305 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2306 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2308 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
2309 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
)
2311 thick
= tool_bar_button_relief
>= 0 ? tool_bar_button_relief
: DEFAULT_TOOL_BAR_BUTTON_RELIEF
;
2312 raised_p
= s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
;
2316 thick
= eabs (s
->img
->relief
);
2317 raised_p
= s
->img
->relief
> 0;
2322 x1
= x
+ s
->slice
.width
+ thick
- 1;
2323 y1
= y
+ s
->slice
.height
+ thick
- 1;
2325 x_setup_relief_colors (s
);
2326 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &r
);
2327 x_draw_relief_rect (s
->f
, x0
, y0
, x1
, y1
, thick
, raised_p
,
2329 s
->slice
.y
+ s
->slice
.height
== s
->img
->height
,
2331 s
->slice
.x
+ s
->slice
.width
== s
->img
->width
,
2336 /* Draw the foreground of image glyph string S to PIXMAP. */
2339 x_draw_image_foreground_1 (s
, pixmap
)
2340 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2344 int y
= s
->ybase
- s
->y
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
, &s
->slice
);
2346 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2347 right of that line. */
2348 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2349 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2351 x
+= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2353 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2355 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2356 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2357 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2358 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2364 /* We can't set both a clip mask and use XSetClipRectangles
2365 because the latter also sets a clip mask. We also can't
2366 trust on the shape extension to be available
2367 (XShapeCombineRegion). So, compute the rectangle to draw
2369 unsigned long mask
= (GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
2373 xgcv
.clip_mask
= s
->img
->mask
;
2374 xgcv
.clip_x_origin
= x
- s
->slice
.x
;
2375 xgcv
.clip_y_origin
= y
- s
->slice
.y
;
2376 xgcv
.function
= GXcopy
;
2377 XChangeGC (s
->display
, s
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
2379 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2380 s
->slice
.x
, s
->slice
.y
,
2381 s
->slice
.width
, s
->slice
.height
, x
, y
);
2382 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2386 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2387 s
->slice
.x
, s
->slice
.y
,
2388 s
->slice
.width
, s
->slice
.height
, x
, y
);
2390 /* When the image has a mask, we can expect that at
2391 least part of a mouse highlight or a block cursor will
2392 be visible. If the image doesn't have a mask, make
2393 a block cursor visible by drawing a rectangle around
2394 the image. I believe it's looking better if we do
2395 nothing here for mouse-face. */
2396 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
2398 int r
= s
->img
->relief
;
2400 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
- r
, y
- r
,
2401 s
->slice
.width
+ r
*2 - 1,
2402 s
->slice
.height
+ r
*2 - 1);
2407 /* Draw a rectangle if image could not be loaded. */
2408 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
, x
, y
,
2409 s
->slice
.width
- 1, s
->slice
.height
- 1);
2413 /* Draw part of the background of glyph string S. X, Y, W, and H
2414 give the rectangle to draw. */
2417 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, y
, w
, h
)
2418 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2423 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2424 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2425 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2426 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
2429 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2433 /* Draw image glyph string S.
2436 s->x +-------------------------
2439 | +-------------------------
2442 | | +-------------------
2448 x_draw_image_glyph_string (s
)
2449 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2451 int box_line_hwidth
= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2452 int box_line_vwidth
= max (s
->face
->box_line_width
, 0);
2454 Pixmap pixmap
= None
;
2457 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2458 height
-= box_line_vwidth
;
2459 if (s
->slice
.y
+ s
->slice
.height
>= s
->img
->height
)
2460 height
-= box_line_vwidth
;
2462 /* Fill background with face under the image. Do it only if row is
2463 taller than image or if image has a clip mask to reduce
2465 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
2466 if (height
> s
->slice
.height
2470 || s
->img
->pixmap
== 0
2471 || s
->width
!= s
->background_width
)
2475 /* Create a pixmap as large as the glyph string. Fill it
2476 with the background color. Copy the image to it, using
2477 its mask. Copy the temporary pixmap to the display. */
2478 Screen
*screen
= FRAME_X_SCREEN (s
->f
);
2479 int depth
= DefaultDepthOfScreen (screen
);
2481 /* Create a pixmap as large as the glyph string. */
2482 pixmap
= XCreatePixmap (s
->display
, s
->window
,
2483 s
->background_width
,
2486 /* Don't clip in the following because we're working on the
2488 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2490 /* Fill the pixmap with the background color/stipple. */
2493 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2494 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2495 XSetTSOrigin (s
->display
, s
->gc
, - s
->x
, - s
->y
);
2496 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2497 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
);
2498 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
2499 XSetTSOrigin (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0);
2504 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
,
2506 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.background
);
2507 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2508 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
);
2509 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2517 if (s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2519 x
+= box_line_hwidth
;
2521 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2522 y
+= box_line_vwidth
;
2524 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, y
, s
->background_width
, height
);
2527 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2530 /* Draw the foreground. */
2533 x_draw_image_foreground_1 (s
, pixmap
);
2534 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2535 XCopyArea (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2536 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
, s
->x
, s
->y
);
2537 XFreePixmap (s
->display
, pixmap
);
2540 x_draw_image_foreground (s
);
2542 /* If we must draw a relief around the image, do it. */
2544 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
2545 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
)
2546 x_draw_image_relief (s
);
2550 /* Draw stretch glyph string S. */
2553 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (s
)
2554 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2556 xassert (s
->first_glyph
->type
== STRETCH_GLYPH
);
2558 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
2559 && !x_stretch_cursor_p
)
2561 /* If `x-stretch-block-cursor' is nil, don't draw a block cursor
2562 as wide as the stretch glyph. */
2563 int width
, background_width
= s
->background_width
;
2564 int x
= s
->x
, left_x
= window_box_left_offset (s
->w
, TEXT_AREA
);
2568 background_width
-= left_x
- x
;
2571 width
= min (FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (s
->f
), background_width
);
2574 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, s
->y
, width
, s
->height
);
2576 /* Clear rest using the GC of the original non-cursor face. */
2577 if (width
< background_width
)
2580 int w
= background_width
- width
, h
= s
->height
;
2585 if (s
->row
->mouse_face_p
2586 && cursor_in_mouse_face_p (s
->w
))
2588 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s
);
2594 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &r
);
2595 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, gc
, 0, 0, &r
, 1, Unsorted
);
2597 if (s
->face
->stipple
)
2599 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2600 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2601 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2602 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, gc
, FillSolid
);
2607 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
2608 XSetForeground (s
->display
, gc
, xgcv
.background
);
2609 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2610 XSetForeground (s
->display
, gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2614 else if (!s
->background_filled_p
)
2616 int background_width
= s
->background_width
;
2617 int x
= s
->x
, left_x
= window_box_left_offset (s
->w
, TEXT_AREA
);
2619 /* Don't draw into left margin, fringe or scrollbar area
2620 except for header line and mode line. */
2621 if (x
< left_x
&& !s
->row
->mode_line_p
)
2623 background_width
-= left_x
- x
;
2626 if (background_width
> 0)
2627 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, s
->y
, background_width
, s
->height
);
2630 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2634 /* Draw glyph string S. */
2637 x_draw_glyph_string (s
)
2638 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2640 int relief_drawn_p
= 0;
2642 /* If S draws into the background of its successors, draw the
2643 background of the successors first so that S can draw into it.
2644 This makes S->next use XDrawString instead of XDrawImageString. */
2645 if (s
->next
&& s
->right_overhang
&& !s
->for_overlaps
)
2648 struct glyph_string
*next
;
2650 for (width
= 0, next
= s
->next
;
2651 next
&& width
< s
->right_overhang
;
2652 width
+= next
->width
, next
= next
->next
)
2653 if (next
->first_glyph
->type
!= IMAGE_GLYPH
)
2655 x_set_glyph_string_gc (next
);
2656 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (next
);
2657 if (next
->first_glyph
->type
== STRETCH_GLYPH
)
2658 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (next
);
2660 x_draw_glyph_string_background (next
, 1);
2661 next
->num_clips
= 0;
2665 /* Set up S->gc, set clipping and draw S. */
2666 x_set_glyph_string_gc (s
);
2668 /* Draw relief (if any) in advance for char/composition so that the
2669 glyph string can be drawn over it. */
2670 if (!s
->for_overlaps
2671 && s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2672 && (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
2673 || s
->first_glyph
->type
== COMPOSITE_GLYPH
))
2676 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2677 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 1);
2678 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s
);
2679 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2682 else if (!s
->clip_head
/* draw_glyphs didn't specify a clip mask. */
2684 && ((s
->prev
&& s
->prev
->hl
!= s
->hl
&& s
->left_overhang
)
2685 || (s
->next
&& s
->next
->hl
!= s
->hl
&& s
->right_overhang
)))
2686 /* We must clip just this glyph. left_overhang part has already
2687 drawn when s->prev was drawn, and right_overhang part will be
2688 drawn later when s->next is drawn. */
2689 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (s
, s
);
2691 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2693 switch (s
->first_glyph
->type
)
2696 x_draw_image_glyph_string (s
);
2700 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (s
);
2704 if (s
->for_overlaps
)
2705 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2707 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 0);
2708 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (s
);
2711 case COMPOSITE_GLYPH
:
2712 if (s
->for_overlaps
|| (s
->cmp_from
> 0
2713 && ! s
->first_glyph
->u
.cmp
.automatic
))
2714 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2716 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 1);
2717 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (s
);
2724 if (!s
->for_overlaps
)
2726 /* Draw underline. */
2727 if (s
->face
->underline_p
)
2729 unsigned long thickness
, position
;
2732 if (s
->prev
&& s
->prev
->face
->underline_p
)
2734 /* We use the same underline style as the previous one. */
2735 thickness
= s
->prev
->underline_thickness
;
2736 position
= s
->prev
->underline_position
;
2740 /* Get the underline thickness. Default is 1 pixel. */
2741 if (s
->font
&& s
->font
->underline_thickness
> 0)
2742 thickness
= s
->font
->underline_thickness
;
2745 if (x_underline_at_descent_line
)
2746 position
= (s
->height
- thickness
) - (s
->ybase
- s
->y
);
2749 /* Get the underline position. This is the recommended
2750 vertical offset in pixels from the baseline to the top of
2751 the underline. This is a signed value according to the
2752 specs, and its default is
2754 ROUND ((maximum descent) / 2), with
2755 ROUND(x) = floor (x + 0.5) */
2757 if (x_use_underline_position_properties
2758 && s
->font
&& s
->font
->underline_position
>= 0)
2759 position
= s
->font
->underline_position
;
2761 position
= (s
->font
->descent
+ 1) / 2;
2763 position
= underline_minimum_offset
;
2765 position
= max (position
, underline_minimum_offset
);
2767 /* Check the sanity of thickness and position. We should
2768 avoid drawing underline out of the current line area. */
2769 if (s
->y
+ s
->height
<= s
->ybase
+ position
)
2770 position
= (s
->height
- 1) - (s
->ybase
- s
->y
);
2771 if (s
->y
+ s
->height
< s
->ybase
+ position
+ thickness
)
2772 thickness
= (s
->y
+ s
->height
) - (s
->ybase
+ position
);
2773 s
->underline_thickness
= thickness
;
2774 s
->underline_position
= position
;
2775 y
= s
->ybase
+ position
;
2776 if (s
->face
->underline_defaulted_p
)
2777 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2778 s
->x
, y
, s
->width
, thickness
);
2782 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2783 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->underline_color
);
2784 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2785 s
->x
, y
, s
->width
, thickness
);
2786 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2790 /* Draw overline. */
2791 if (s
->face
->overline_p
)
2793 unsigned long dy
= 0, h
= 1;
2795 if (s
->face
->overline_color_defaulted_p
)
2796 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2801 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2802 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->overline_color
);
2803 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2805 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2809 /* Draw strike-through. */
2810 if (s
->face
->strike_through_p
)
2812 unsigned long h
= 1;
2813 unsigned long dy
= (s
->height
- h
) / 2;
2815 if (s
->face
->strike_through_color_defaulted_p
)
2816 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2821 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2822 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->strike_through_color
);
2823 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2825 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2829 /* Draw relief if not yet drawn. */
2830 if (!relief_drawn_p
&& s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
)
2831 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s
);
2835 struct glyph_string
*prev
;
2837 for (prev
= s
->prev
; prev
; prev
= prev
->prev
)
2838 if (prev
->hl
!= s
->hl
2839 && prev
->x
+ prev
->width
+ prev
->right_overhang
> s
->x
)
2841 /* As prev was drawn while clipped to its own area, we
2842 must draw the right_overhang part using s->hl now. */
2843 enum draw_glyphs_face save
= prev
->hl
;
2846 x_set_glyph_string_gc (prev
);
2847 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (s
, prev
);
2848 if (prev
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
2849 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (prev
);
2851 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (prev
);
2852 XSetClipMask (prev
->display
, prev
->gc
, None
);
2854 prev
->num_clips
= 0;
2860 struct glyph_string
*next
;
2862 for (next
= s
->next
; next
; next
= next
->next
)
2863 if (next
->hl
!= s
->hl
2864 && next
->x
- next
->left_overhang
< s
->x
+ s
->width
)
2866 /* As next will be drawn while clipped to its own area,
2867 we must draw the left_overhang part using s->hl now. */
2868 enum draw_glyphs_face save
= next
->hl
;
2871 x_set_glyph_string_gc (next
);
2872 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (s
, next
);
2873 if (next
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
2874 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (next
);
2876 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (next
);
2877 XSetClipMask (next
->display
, next
->gc
, None
);
2879 next
->num_clips
= 0;
2884 /* Reset clipping. */
2885 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2889 /* Shift display to make room for inserted glyphs. */
2892 x_shift_glyphs_for_insert (f
, x
, y
, width
, height
, shift_by
)
2894 int x
, y
, width
, height
, shift_by
;
2896 XCopyArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
2897 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
2898 x
, y
, width
, height
,
2902 /* Delete N glyphs at the nominal cursor position. Not implemented
2906 x_delete_glyphs (f
, n
)
2914 /* Like XClearArea, but check that WIDTH and HEIGHT are reasonable.
2915 If they are <= 0, this is probably an error. */
2918 x_clear_area (dpy
, window
, x
, y
, width
, height
, exposures
)
2925 xassert (width
> 0 && height
> 0);
2926 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, x
, y
, width
, height
, exposures
);
2930 /* Clear an entire frame. */
2933 x_clear_frame (struct frame
*f
)
2935 /* Clearing the frame will erase any cursor, so mark them all as no
2937 mark_window_cursors_off (XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f
)));
2938 output_cursor
.hpos
= output_cursor
.vpos
= 0;
2939 output_cursor
.x
= -1;
2941 /* We don't set the output cursor here because there will always
2942 follow an explicit cursor_to. */
2944 XClearWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
2946 /* We have to clear the scroll bars, too. If we have changed
2947 colors or something like that, then they should be notified. */
2948 x_scroll_bar_clear (f
);
2950 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
2957 /* Invert the middle quarter of the frame for .15 sec. */
2959 /* We use the select system call to do the waiting, so we have to make
2960 sure it's available. If it isn't, we just won't do visual bells. */
2962 #if defined (HAVE_TIMEVAL) && defined (HAVE_SELECT)
2965 /* Subtract the `struct timeval' values X and Y, storing the result in
2966 *RESULT. Return 1 if the difference is negative, otherwise 0. */
2969 timeval_subtract (result
, x
, y
)
2970 struct timeval
*result
, x
, y
;
2972 /* Perform the carry for the later subtraction by updating y. This
2973 is safer because on some systems the tv_sec member is unsigned. */
2974 if (x
.tv_usec
< y
.tv_usec
)
2976 int nsec
= (y
.tv_usec
- x
.tv_usec
) / 1000000 + 1;
2977 y
.tv_usec
-= 1000000 * nsec
;
2981 if (x
.tv_usec
- y
.tv_usec
> 1000000)
2983 int nsec
= (y
.tv_usec
- x
.tv_usec
) / 1000000;
2984 y
.tv_usec
+= 1000000 * nsec
;
2988 /* Compute the time remaining to wait. tv_usec is certainly
2990 result
->tv_sec
= x
.tv_sec
- y
.tv_sec
;
2991 result
->tv_usec
= x
.tv_usec
- y
.tv_usec
;
2993 /* Return indication of whether the result should be considered
2995 return x
.tv_sec
< y
.tv_sec
;
3007 /* Create a GC that will use the GXxor function to flip foreground
3008 pixels into background pixels. */
3012 values
.function
= GXxor
;
3013 values
.foreground
= (FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
)
3014 ^ FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
3016 gc
= XCreateGC (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3017 GCFunction
| GCForeground
, &values
);
3021 /* Get the height not including a menu bar widget. */
3022 int height
= FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, FRAME_LINES (f
));
3023 /* Height of each line to flash. */
3024 int flash_height
= FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
3025 /* These will be the left and right margins of the rectangles. */
3026 int flash_left
= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
);
3027 int flash_right
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
);
3031 /* Don't flash the area between a scroll bar and the frame
3032 edge it is next to. */
3033 switch (FRAME_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TYPE (f
))
3035 case vertical_scroll_bar_left
:
3036 flash_left
+= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
3039 case vertical_scroll_bar_right
:
3040 flash_right
-= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
3047 width
= flash_right
- flash_left
;
3049 /* If window is tall, flash top and bottom line. */
3050 if (height
> 3 * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
))
3052 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3054 (FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)
3055 + FRAME_TOOL_BAR_LINES (f
) * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
)),
3056 width
, flash_height
);
3057 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3059 (height
- flash_height
3060 - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)),
3061 width
, flash_height
);
3064 /* If it is short, flash it all. */
3065 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3066 flash_left
, FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
3067 width
, height
- 2 * FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
));
3072 struct timeval wakeup
;
3074 EMACS_GET_TIME (wakeup
);
3076 /* Compute time to wait until, propagating carry from usecs. */
3077 wakeup
.tv_usec
+= 150000;
3078 wakeup
.tv_sec
+= (wakeup
.tv_usec
/ 1000000);
3079 wakeup
.tv_usec
%= 1000000;
3081 /* Keep waiting until past the time wakeup or any input gets
3083 while (! detect_input_pending ())
3085 struct timeval current
;
3086 struct timeval timeout
;
3088 EMACS_GET_TIME (current
);
3090 /* Break if result would be negative. */
3091 if (timeval_subtract (¤t
, wakeup
, current
))
3094 /* How long `select' should wait. */
3096 timeout
.tv_usec
= 10000;
3098 /* Try to wait that long--but we might wake up sooner. */
3099 select (0, NULL
, NULL
, NULL
, &timeout
);
3103 /* If window is tall, flash top and bottom line. */
3104 if (height
> 3 * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
))
3106 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3108 (FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)
3109 + FRAME_TOOL_BAR_LINES (f
) * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
)),
3110 width
, flash_height
);
3111 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3113 (height
- flash_height
3114 - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)),
3115 width
, flash_height
);
3118 /* If it is short, flash it all. */
3119 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3120 flash_left
, FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
3121 width
, height
- 2 * FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
));
3123 XFreeGC (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
);
3131 #endif /* defined (HAVE_TIMEVAL) && defined (HAVE_SELECT) */
3135 XTtoggle_invisible_pointer (f
, invisible
)
3142 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->invisible_cursor
!= 0)
3143 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3144 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->invisible_cursor
);
3147 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3148 f
->output_data
.x
->current_cursor
);
3153 /* Make audible bell. */
3158 struct frame
*f
= SELECTED_FRAME ();
3160 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
))
3162 #if defined (HAVE_TIMEVAL) && defined (HAVE_SELECT)
3169 XBell (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), 0);
3170 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
3177 /* Specify how many text lines, from the top of the window,
3178 should be affected by insert-lines and delete-lines operations.
3179 This, and those operations, are used only within an update
3180 that is bounded by calls to x_update_begin and x_update_end. */
3183 XTset_terminal_window (n
)
3186 /* This function intentionally left blank. */
3191 /***********************************************************************
3193 ***********************************************************************/
3195 /* Perform an insert-lines or delete-lines operation, inserting N
3196 lines or deleting -N lines at vertical position VPOS. */
3199 x_ins_del_lines (f
, vpos
, n
)
3207 /* Scroll part of the display as described by RUN. */
3210 x_scroll_run (w
, run
)
3214 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
3215 int x
, y
, width
, height
, from_y
, to_y
, bottom_y
;
3217 /* Get frame-relative bounding box of the text display area of W,
3218 without mode lines. Include in this box the left and right
3220 window_box (w
, -1, &x
, &y
, &width
, &height
);
3222 from_y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, run
->current_y
);
3223 to_y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, run
->desired_y
);
3224 bottom_y
= y
+ height
;
3228 /* Scrolling up. Make sure we don't copy part of the mode
3229 line at the bottom. */
3230 if (from_y
+ run
->height
> bottom_y
)
3231 height
= bottom_y
- from_y
;
3233 height
= run
->height
;
3237 /* Scolling down. Make sure we don't copy over the mode line.
3239 if (to_y
+ run
->height
> bottom_y
)
3240 height
= bottom_y
- to_y
;
3242 height
= run
->height
;
3247 /* Cursor off. Will be switched on again in x_update_window_end. */
3251 XCopyArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
3252 FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3253 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
3263 /***********************************************************************
3265 ***********************************************************************/
3272 /* We used to only do this if Vx_no_window_manager was non-nil, but
3273 the ICCCM (section 4.1.6) says that the window's border pixmap
3274 and border pixel are window attributes which are "private to the
3275 client", so we can always change it to whatever we want. */
3277 XSetWindowBorder (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3278 f
->output_data
.x
->border_pixel
);
3280 x_update_cursor (f
, 1);
3281 x_set_frame_alpha (f
);
3285 frame_unhighlight (f
)
3288 /* We used to only do this if Vx_no_window_manager was non-nil, but
3289 the ICCCM (section 4.1.6) says that the window's border pixmap
3290 and border pixel are window attributes which are "private to the
3291 client", so we can always change it to whatever we want. */
3293 XSetWindowBorderPixmap (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3294 f
->output_data
.x
->border_tile
);
3296 x_update_cursor (f
, 1);
3297 x_set_frame_alpha (f
);
3300 /* The focus has changed. Update the frames as necessary to reflect
3301 the new situation. Note that we can't change the selected frame
3302 here, because the Lisp code we are interrupting might become confused.
3303 Each event gets marked with the frame in which it occurred, so the
3304 Lisp code can tell when the switch took place by examining the events. */
3307 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, frame
)
3308 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3309 struct frame
*frame
;
3311 struct frame
*old_focus
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3313 if (frame
!= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
3315 /* Set this before calling other routines, so that they see
3316 the correct value of x_focus_frame. */
3317 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= frame
;
3319 if (old_focus
&& old_focus
->auto_lower
)
3320 x_lower_frame (old_focus
);
3322 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
&& dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
->auto_raise
)
3323 pending_autoraise_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3325 pending_autoraise_frame
= 0;
3328 x_frame_rehighlight (dpyinfo
);
3331 /* Handle FocusIn and FocusOut state changes for FRAME.
3332 If FRAME has focus and there exists more than one frame, puts
3333 a FOCUS_IN_EVENT into *BUFP. */
3336 x_focus_changed (type
, state
, dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
)
3339 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3340 struct frame
*frame
;
3341 struct input_event
*bufp
;
3343 if (type
== FocusIn
)
3345 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
!= frame
)
3347 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, frame
);
3348 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= frame
;
3350 /* Don't stop displaying the initial startup message
3351 for a switch-frame event we don't need. */
3352 if (NILP (Vterminal_frame
)
3353 && CONSP (Vframe_list
)
3354 && !NILP (XCDR (Vframe_list
)))
3356 bufp
->kind
= FOCUS_IN_EVENT
;
3357 XSETFRAME (bufp
->frame_or_window
, frame
);
3361 frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
|= state
;
3364 if (FRAME_XIC (frame
))
3365 XSetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (frame
));
3368 else if (type
== FocusOut
)
3370 frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
&= ~state
;
3372 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
== frame
)
3374 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
3375 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, 0);
3379 if (FRAME_XIC (frame
))
3380 XUnsetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (frame
));
3385 /* The focus may have changed. Figure out if it is a real focus change,
3386 by checking both FocusIn/Out and Enter/LeaveNotify events.
3388 Returns FOCUS_IN_EVENT event in *BUFP. */
3391 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, event
, bufp
)
3392 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3394 struct input_event
*bufp
;
3396 struct frame
*frame
;
3398 frame
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xany
.window
);
3402 switch (event
->type
)
3407 struct frame
*focus_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
;
3409 = focus_frame
? focus_frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
: 0;
3411 if (event
->xcrossing
.detail
!= NotifyInferior
3412 && event
->xcrossing
.focus
3413 && ! (focus_state
& FOCUS_EXPLICIT
))
3414 x_focus_changed ((event
->type
== EnterNotify
? FocusIn
: FocusOut
),
3416 dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
);
3422 x_focus_changed (event
->type
,
3423 (event
->xfocus
.detail
== NotifyPointer
?
3424 FOCUS_IMPLICIT
: FOCUS_EXPLICIT
),
3425 dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
);
3429 if (event
->xclient
.message_type
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED
)
3431 enum xembed_message msg
= event
->xclient
.data
.l
[1];
3432 x_focus_changed ((msg
== XEMBED_FOCUS_IN
? FocusIn
: FocusOut
),
3433 FOCUS_EXPLICIT
, dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
);
3440 /* Handle an event saying the mouse has moved out of an Emacs frame. */
3443 x_mouse_leave (dpyinfo
)
3444 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3446 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
);
3449 /* The focus has changed, or we have redirected a frame's focus to
3450 another frame (this happens when a frame uses a surrogate
3451 mini-buffer frame). Shift the highlight as appropriate.
3453 The FRAME argument doesn't necessarily have anything to do with which
3454 frame is being highlighted or un-highlighted; we only use it to find
3455 the appropriate X display info. */
3458 XTframe_rehighlight (frame
)
3459 struct frame
*frame
;
3461 x_frame_rehighlight (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (frame
));
3465 x_frame_rehighlight (dpyinfo
)
3466 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3468 struct frame
*old_highlight
= dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
;
3470 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
3472 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
3473 = ((FRAMEP (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)))
3474 ? XFRAME (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
))
3475 : dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
);
3476 if (! FRAME_LIVE_P (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
))
3478 FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
) = Qnil
;
3479 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3483 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
3485 if (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
!= old_highlight
)
3488 frame_unhighlight (old_highlight
);
3489 if (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
)
3490 frame_highlight (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
);
3496 /* Keyboard processing - modifier keys, vendor-specific keysyms, etc. */
3498 /* Initialize mode_switch_bit and modifier_meaning. */
3500 x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo
)
3501 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3503 int min_code
, max_code
;
3506 XModifierKeymap
*mods
;
3508 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
= 0;
3509 dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
= 0;
3510 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
= 0;
3511 dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
= 0;
3512 dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
= 0;
3514 XDisplayKeycodes (dpyinfo
->display
, &min_code
, &max_code
);
3516 syms
= XGetKeyboardMapping (dpyinfo
->display
,
3517 min_code
, max_code
- min_code
+ 1,
3519 mods
= XGetModifierMapping (dpyinfo
->display
);
3521 /* Scan the modifier table to see which modifier bits the Meta and
3522 Alt keysyms are on. */
3524 int row
, col
; /* The row and column in the modifier table. */
3525 int found_alt_or_meta
;
3527 for (row
= 3; row
< 8; row
++)
3529 found_alt_or_meta
= 0;
3530 for (col
= 0; col
< mods
->max_keypermod
; col
++)
3532 KeyCode code
= mods
->modifiermap
[(row
* mods
->max_keypermod
) + col
];
3534 /* Zeroes are used for filler. Skip them. */
3538 /* Are any of this keycode's keysyms a meta key? */
3542 for (code_col
= 0; code_col
< syms_per_code
; code_col
++)
3544 int sym
= syms
[((code
- min_code
) * syms_per_code
) + code_col
];
3550 found_alt_or_meta
= 1;
3551 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3556 found_alt_or_meta
= 1;
3557 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3562 if (!found_alt_or_meta
)
3563 dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3564 code_col
= syms_per_code
;
3565 col
= mods
->max_keypermod
;
3570 if (!found_alt_or_meta
)
3571 dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3572 code_col
= syms_per_code
;
3573 col
= mods
->max_keypermod
;
3577 /* Ignore this if it's not on the lock modifier. */
3578 if (!found_alt_or_meta
&& ((1 << row
) == LockMask
))
3579 dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
= LockMask
;
3580 code_col
= syms_per_code
;
3581 col
= mods
->max_keypermod
;
3590 /* If we couldn't find any meta keys, accept any alt keys as meta keys. */
3591 if (! dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
3593 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
= dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
;
3594 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
= 0;
3597 /* If some keys are both alt and meta,
3598 make them just meta, not alt. */
3599 if (dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
3601 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
&= ~dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
;
3604 XFree ((char *) syms
);
3605 XFreeModifiermap (mods
);
3608 /* Convert between the modifier bits X uses and the modifier bits
3612 x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (dpyinfo
, state
)
3613 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3616 EMACS_UINT mod_meta
= meta_modifier
;
3617 EMACS_UINT mod_alt
= alt_modifier
;
3618 EMACS_UINT mod_hyper
= hyper_modifier
;
3619 EMACS_UINT mod_super
= super_modifier
;
3622 tem
= Fget (Vx_alt_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3623 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_alt
= XUINT (tem
);
3624 tem
= Fget (Vx_meta_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3625 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_meta
= XUINT (tem
);
3626 tem
= Fget (Vx_hyper_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3627 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_hyper
= XUINT (tem
);
3628 tem
= Fget (Vx_super_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3629 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_super
= XUINT (tem
);
3632 return ( ((state
& (ShiftMask
| dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
)) ? shift_modifier
: 0)
3633 | ((state
& ControlMask
) ? ctrl_modifier
: 0)
3634 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
) ? mod_meta
: 0)
3635 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
) ? mod_alt
: 0)
3636 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
) ? mod_super
: 0)
3637 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
) ? mod_hyper
: 0));
3641 x_emacs_to_x_modifiers (dpyinfo
, state
)
3642 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3645 EMACS_UINT mod_meta
= meta_modifier
;
3646 EMACS_UINT mod_alt
= alt_modifier
;
3647 EMACS_UINT mod_hyper
= hyper_modifier
;
3648 EMACS_UINT mod_super
= super_modifier
;
3652 tem
= Fget (Vx_alt_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3653 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_alt
= XUINT (tem
);
3654 tem
= Fget (Vx_meta_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3655 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_meta
= XUINT (tem
);
3656 tem
= Fget (Vx_hyper_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3657 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_hyper
= XUINT (tem
);
3658 tem
= Fget (Vx_super_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3659 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_super
= XUINT (tem
);
3662 return ( ((state
& mod_alt
) ? dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
: 0)
3663 | ((state
& mod_super
) ? dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
: 0)
3664 | ((state
& mod_hyper
) ? dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
: 0)
3665 | ((state
& shift_modifier
) ? ShiftMask
: 0)
3666 | ((state
& ctrl_modifier
) ? ControlMask
: 0)
3667 | ((state
& mod_meta
) ? dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
: 0));
3670 /* Convert a keysym to its name. */
3673 x_get_keysym_name (keysym
)
3679 value
= XKeysymToString (keysym
);
3687 /* Mouse clicks and mouse movement. Rah. */
3689 /* Prepare a mouse-event in *RESULT for placement in the input queue.
3691 If the event is a button press, then note that we have grabbed
3695 construct_mouse_click (result
, event
, f
)
3696 struct input_event
*result
;
3697 XButtonEvent
*event
;
3700 /* Make the event type NO_EVENT; we'll change that when we decide
3702 result
->kind
= MOUSE_CLICK_EVENT
;
3703 result
->code
= event
->button
- Button1
;
3704 result
->timestamp
= event
->time
;
3705 result
->modifiers
= (x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
),
3707 | (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
3711 XSETINT (result
->x
, event
->x
);
3712 XSETINT (result
->y
, event
->y
);
3713 XSETFRAME (result
->frame_or_window
, f
);
3719 /* Function to report a mouse movement to the mainstream Emacs code.
3720 The input handler calls this.
3722 We have received a mouse movement event, which is given in *event.
3723 If the mouse is over a different glyph than it was last time, tell
3724 the mainstream emacs code by setting mouse_moved. If not, ask for
3725 another motion event, so we can check again the next time it moves. */
3727 static XMotionEvent last_mouse_motion_event
;
3728 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_motion_frame
;
3731 note_mouse_movement (frame
, event
)
3733 XMotionEvent
*event
;
3735 last_mouse_movement_time
= event
->time
;
3736 last_mouse_motion_event
= *event
;
3737 XSETFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame
, frame
);
3739 if (!FRAME_X_OUTPUT (frame
))
3742 if (event
->window
!= FRAME_X_WINDOW (frame
))
3744 frame
->mouse_moved
= 1;
3745 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
3746 note_mouse_highlight (frame
, -1, -1);
3747 last_mouse_glyph_frame
= 0;
3752 /* Has the mouse moved off the glyph it was on at the last sighting? */
3753 if (frame
!= last_mouse_glyph_frame
3754 || event
->x
< last_mouse_glyph
.x
3755 || event
->x
>= last_mouse_glyph
.x
+ last_mouse_glyph
.width
3756 || event
->y
< last_mouse_glyph
.y
3757 || event
->y
>= last_mouse_glyph
.y
+ last_mouse_glyph
.height
)
3759 frame
->mouse_moved
= 1;
3760 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
3761 note_mouse_highlight (frame
, event
->x
, event
->y
);
3762 /* Remember which glyph we're now on. */
3763 remember_mouse_glyph (frame
, event
->x
, event
->y
, &last_mouse_glyph
);
3764 last_mouse_glyph_frame
= frame
;
3772 /************************************************************************
3774 ************************************************************************/
3777 redo_mouse_highlight ()
3779 if (!NILP (last_mouse_motion_frame
)
3780 && FRAME_LIVE_P (XFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame
)))
3781 note_mouse_highlight (XFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame
),
3782 last_mouse_motion_event
.x
,
3783 last_mouse_motion_event
.y
);
3788 /* Return the current position of the mouse.
3789 *FP should be a frame which indicates which display to ask about.
3791 If the mouse movement started in a scroll bar, set *FP, *BAR_WINDOW,
3792 and *PART to the frame, window, and scroll bar part that the mouse
3793 is over. Set *X and *Y to the portion and whole of the mouse's
3794 position on the scroll bar.
3796 If the mouse movement started elsewhere, set *FP to the frame the
3797 mouse is on, *BAR_WINDOW to nil, and *X and *Y to the character cell
3800 Set *TIME to the server time-stamp for the time at which the mouse
3801 was at this position.
3803 Don't store anything if we don't have a valid set of values to report.
3805 This clears the mouse_moved flag, so we can wait for the next mouse
3809 XTmouse_position (fp
, insist
, bar_window
, part
, x
, y
, time
)
3812 Lisp_Object
*bar_window
;
3813 enum scroll_bar_part
*part
;
3815 unsigned long *time
;
3821 if (! NILP (last_mouse_scroll_bar
) && insist
== 0)
3822 x_scroll_bar_report_motion (fp
, bar_window
, part
, x
, y
, time
);
3828 Window dummy_window
;
3831 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
3833 /* Clear the mouse-moved flag for every frame on this display. */
3834 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
3835 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
3836 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY (XFRAME (frame
)) == FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
))
3837 XFRAME (frame
)->mouse_moved
= 0;
3839 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
3841 /* Figure out which root window we're on. */
3842 XQueryPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
3843 DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
)),
3845 /* The root window which contains the pointer. */
3848 /* Trash which we can't trust if the pointer is on
3849 a different screen. */
3852 /* The position on that root window. */
3855 /* More trash we can't trust. */
3858 /* Modifier keys and pointer buttons, about which
3860 (unsigned int *) &dummy
);
3862 /* Now we have a position on the root; find the innermost window
3863 containing the pointer. */
3867 int parent_x
= 0, parent_y
= 0;
3871 /* XTranslateCoordinates can get errors if the window
3872 structure is changing at the same time this function
3873 is running. So at least we must not crash from them. */
3875 x_catch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
));
3877 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
)->grabbed
&& last_mouse_frame
3878 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame
))
3880 /* If mouse was grabbed on a frame, give coords for that frame
3881 even if the mouse is now outside it. */
3882 XTranslateCoordinates (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
3884 /* From-window, to-window. */
3885 root
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (last_mouse_frame
),
3887 /* From-position, to-position. */
3888 root_x
, root_y
, &win_x
, &win_y
,
3892 f1
= last_mouse_frame
;
3898 XTranslateCoordinates (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
3900 /* From-window, to-window. */
3903 /* From-position, to-position. */
3904 root_x
, root_y
, &win_x
, &win_y
,
3909 if (child
== None
|| child
== win
)
3917 /* Now we know that:
3918 win is the innermost window containing the pointer
3919 (XTC says it has no child containing the pointer),
3920 win_x and win_y are the pointer's position in it
3921 (XTC did this the last time through), and
3922 parent_x and parent_y are the pointer's position in win's parent.
3923 (They are what win_x and win_y were when win was child.
3924 If win is the root window, it has no parent, and
3925 parent_{x,y} are invalid, but that's okay, because we'll
3926 never use them in that case.) */
3928 /* Is win one of our frames? */
3929 f1
= x_any_window_to_frame (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
), win
);
3931 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
3932 /* If we end up with the menu bar window, say it's not
3935 && f1
->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
3936 && win
== XtWindow (f1
->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
))
3938 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
3941 if (x_had_errors_p (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
)))
3944 x_uncatch_errors ();
3946 /* If not, is it one of our scroll bars? */
3949 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
3951 bar
= x_window_to_scroll_bar (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
), win
);
3955 f1
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
3961 if (f1
== 0 && insist
> 0)
3962 f1
= SELECTED_FRAME ();
3966 /* Ok, we found a frame. Store all the values.
3967 last_mouse_glyph is a rectangle used to reduce the
3968 generation of mouse events. To not miss any motion
3969 events, we must divide the frame into rectangles of the
3970 size of the smallest character that could be displayed
3971 on it, i.e. into the same rectangles that matrices on
3972 the frame are divided into. */
3974 remember_mouse_glyph (f1
, win_x
, win_y
, &last_mouse_glyph
);
3975 last_mouse_glyph_frame
= f1
;
3980 XSETINT (*x
, win_x
);
3981 XSETINT (*y
, win_y
);
3982 *time
= last_mouse_movement_time
;
3992 /***********************************************************************
3994 ***********************************************************************/
3996 /* Scroll bar support. */
3998 /* Given an X window ID and a DISPLAY, find the struct scroll_bar which
4000 This can be called in GC, so we have to make sure to strip off mark
4003 static struct scroll_bar
*
4004 x_window_to_scroll_bar (display
, window_id
)
4010 #if defined (USE_GTK) && defined (USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS)
4011 window_id
= (Window
) xg_get_scroll_id_for_window (display
, window_id
);
4012 #endif /* USE_GTK && USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4014 for (tail
= Vframe_list
; CONSP (tail
); tail
= XCDR (tail
))
4016 Lisp_Object frame
, bar
, condemned
;
4018 frame
= XCAR (tail
);
4019 /* All elements of Vframe_list should be frames. */
4020 if (! FRAMEP (frame
))
4023 if (! FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
)))
4026 /* Scan this frame's scroll bar list for a scroll bar with the
4028 condemned
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (XFRAME (frame
));
4029 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (XFRAME (frame
));
4030 /* This trick allows us to search both the ordinary and
4031 condemned scroll bar lists with one loop. */
4032 ! NILP (bar
) || (bar
= condemned
,
4035 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
)
4036 if (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->x_window
== window_id
&&
4037 FRAME_X_DISPLAY (XFRAME (frame
)) == display
)
4038 return XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
4045 #if defined USE_LUCID
4047 /* Return the Lucid menu bar WINDOW is part of. Return null
4048 if WINDOW is not part of a menu bar. */
4051 x_window_to_menu_bar (window
)
4056 for (tail
= Vframe_list
; CONSP (tail
); tail
= XCDR (tail
))
4058 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (XCAR (tail
))))
4060 Lisp_Object frame
= XCAR (tail
);
4061 Widget menu_bar
= XFRAME (frame
)->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
;
4063 if (menu_bar
&& xlwmenu_window_p (menu_bar
, window
))
4071 #endif /* USE_LUCID */
4074 /************************************************************************
4076 ************************************************************************/
4078 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4080 static void x_scroll_bar_to_input_event
P_ ((XEvent
*, struct input_event
*));
4081 static void x_send_scroll_bar_event
P_ ((Lisp_Object
, int, int, int));
4082 static void x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar
P_ ((struct frame
*,
4083 struct scroll_bar
*));
4084 static void x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb
P_ ((struct scroll_bar
*,
4088 /* Lisp window being scrolled. Set when starting to interact with
4089 a toolkit scroll bar, reset to nil when ending the interaction. */
4091 static Lisp_Object window_being_scrolled
;
4093 /* Last scroll bar part sent in xm_scroll_callback. */
4095 static int last_scroll_bar_part
;
4097 /* Whether this is an Xaw with arrow-scrollbars. This should imply
4098 that movements of 1/20 of the screen size are mapped to up/down. */
4101 /* Id of action hook installed for scroll bars. */
4103 static XtActionHookId action_hook_id
;
4105 static Boolean xaw3d_arrow_scroll
;
4107 /* Whether the drag scrolling maintains the mouse at the top of the
4108 thumb. If not, resizing the thumb needs to be done more carefully
4109 to avoid jerkyness. */
4111 static Boolean xaw3d_pick_top
;
4113 /* Action hook installed via XtAppAddActionHook when toolkit scroll
4114 bars are used.. The hook is responsible for detecting when
4115 the user ends an interaction with the scroll bar, and generates
4116 a `end-scroll' SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT' event if so. */
4119 xt_action_hook (widget
, client_data
, action_name
, event
, params
,
4122 XtPointer client_data
;
4126 Cardinal
*num_params
;
4132 scroll_bar_p
= XmIsScrollBar (widget
);
4133 end_action
= "Release";
4134 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
4135 scroll_bar_p
= XtIsSubclass (widget
, scrollbarWidgetClass
);
4136 end_action
= "EndScroll";
4137 #endif /* USE_MOTIF */
4140 && strcmp (action_name
, end_action
) == 0
4141 && WINDOWP (window_being_scrolled
))
4145 x_send_scroll_bar_event (window_being_scrolled
,
4146 scroll_bar_end_scroll
, 0, 0);
4147 w
= XWINDOW (window_being_scrolled
);
4149 if (!NILP (XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
)->dragging
))
4151 XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
)->dragging
= Qnil
;
4152 /* The thumb size is incorrect while dragging: fix it. */
4153 set_vertical_scroll_bar (w
);
4155 window_being_scrolled
= Qnil
;
4156 last_scroll_bar_part
= -1;
4158 /* Xt timeouts no longer needed. */
4159 toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
= 0;
4162 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4164 /* A vector of windows used for communication between
4165 x_send_scroll_bar_event and x_scroll_bar_to_input_event. */
4167 static struct window
**scroll_bar_windows
;
4168 static int scroll_bar_windows_size
;
4171 /* Send a client message with message type Xatom_Scrollbar for a
4172 scroll action to the frame of WINDOW. PART is a value identifying
4173 the part of the scroll bar that was clicked on. PORTION is the
4174 amount to scroll of a whole of WHOLE. */
4177 x_send_scroll_bar_event (window
, part
, portion
, whole
)
4179 int part
, portion
, whole
;
4182 XClientMessageEvent
*ev
= (XClientMessageEvent
*) &event
;
4183 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (window
);
4184 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
4189 /* Construct a ClientMessage event to send to the frame. */
4190 ev
->type
= ClientMessage
;
4191 ev
->message_type
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_Scrollbar
;
4192 ev
->display
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
4193 ev
->window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
4196 /* We can only transfer 32 bits in the XClientMessageEvent, which is
4197 not enough to store a pointer or Lisp_Object on a 64 bit system.
4198 So, store the window in scroll_bar_windows and pass the index
4199 into that array in the event. */
4200 for (i
= 0; i
< scroll_bar_windows_size
; ++i
)
4201 if (scroll_bar_windows
[i
] == NULL
)
4204 if (i
== scroll_bar_windows_size
)
4206 int new_size
= max (10, 2 * scroll_bar_windows_size
);
4207 size_t nbytes
= new_size
* sizeof *scroll_bar_windows
;
4208 size_t old_nbytes
= scroll_bar_windows_size
* sizeof *scroll_bar_windows
;
4210 scroll_bar_windows
= (struct window
**) xrealloc (scroll_bar_windows
,
4212 bzero (&scroll_bar_windows
[i
], nbytes
- old_nbytes
);
4213 scroll_bar_windows_size
= new_size
;
4216 scroll_bar_windows
[i
] = w
;
4217 ev
->data
.l
[0] = (long) i
;
4218 ev
->data
.l
[1] = (long) part
;
4219 ev
->data
.l
[2] = (long) 0;
4220 ev
->data
.l
[3] = (long) portion
;
4221 ev
->data
.l
[4] = (long) whole
;
4223 /* Make Xt timeouts work while the scroll bar is active. */
4224 toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
= 1;
4225 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
4226 x_activate_timeout_atimer ();
4229 /* Setting the event mask to zero means that the message will
4230 be sent to the client that created the window, and if that
4231 window no longer exists, no event will be sent. */
4232 XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), False
, 0, &event
);
4237 /* Transform a scroll bar ClientMessage EVENT to an Emacs input event
4241 x_scroll_bar_to_input_event (event
, ievent
)
4243 struct input_event
*ievent
;
4245 XClientMessageEvent
*ev
= (XClientMessageEvent
*) event
;
4250 w
= scroll_bar_windows
[ev
->data
.l
[0]];
4251 scroll_bar_windows
[ev
->data
.l
[0]] = NULL
;
4253 XSETWINDOW (window
, w
);
4254 f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
4256 ievent
->kind
= SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT
;
4257 ievent
->frame_or_window
= window
;
4260 ievent
->timestamp
= CurrentTime
;
4262 ievent
->timestamp
= XtLastTimestampProcessed (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
4264 ievent
->part
= ev
->data
.l
[1];
4265 ievent
->code
= ev
->data
.l
[2];
4266 ievent
->x
= make_number ((int) ev
->data
.l
[3]);
4267 ievent
->y
= make_number ((int) ev
->data
.l
[4]);
4268 ievent
->modifiers
= 0;
4274 /* Minimum and maximum values used for Motif scroll bars. */
4276 #define XM_SB_MAX 10000000
4279 /* Scroll bar callback for Motif scroll bars. WIDGET is the scroll
4280 bar widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure.
4281 CALL_DATA is a pointer to a XmScrollBarCallbackStruct. */
4284 xm_scroll_callback (widget
, client_data
, call_data
)
4286 XtPointer client_data
, call_data
;
4288 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) client_data
;
4289 XmScrollBarCallbackStruct
*cs
= (XmScrollBarCallbackStruct
*) call_data
;
4290 int part
= -1, whole
= 0, portion
= 0;
4294 case XmCR_DECREMENT
:
4295 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4296 part
= scroll_bar_up_arrow
;
4299 case XmCR_INCREMENT
:
4300 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4301 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4304 case XmCR_PAGE_DECREMENT
:
4305 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4306 part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
4309 case XmCR_PAGE_INCREMENT
:
4310 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4311 part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4315 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4316 part
= scroll_bar_to_top
;
4319 case XmCR_TO_BOTTOM
:
4320 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4321 part
= scroll_bar_to_bottom
;
4328 /* Get the slider size. */
4330 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XmNsliderSize
, &slider_size
, NULL
);
4333 whole
= XM_SB_MAX
- slider_size
;
4334 portion
= min (cs
->value
, whole
);
4335 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4336 bar
->dragging
= make_number (cs
->value
);
4340 case XmCR_VALUE_CHANGED
:
4346 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4347 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4348 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
4352 #elif defined USE_GTK
4354 /* Scroll bar callback for GTK scroll bars. WIDGET is the scroll
4355 bar widget. DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure. */
4358 xg_scroll_callback (widget
, data
)
4362 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) data
;
4368 int part
= -1, whole
= 0, portion
= 0;
4369 GtkAdjustment
*adj
= GTK_ADJUSTMENT (gtk_range_get_adjustment (widget
));
4371 position
= gtk_adjustment_get_value (adj
);
4373 p
= g_object_get_data (G_OBJECT (widget
), XG_LAST_SB_DATA
);
4376 p
= (gdouble
*) xmalloc (sizeof (gdouble
));
4378 g_object_set_data (G_OBJECT (widget
), XG_LAST_SB_DATA
, p
);
4384 if (xg_ignore_gtk_scrollbar
) return;
4386 diff
= (int) (position
- previous
);
4388 if (diff
== (int) adj
->step_increment
)
4390 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4391 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4393 else if (-diff
== (int) adj
->step_increment
)
4395 part
= scroll_bar_up_arrow
;
4396 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4398 else if (diff
== (int) adj
->page_increment
)
4400 part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4401 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4403 else if (-diff
== (int) adj
->page_increment
)
4405 part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
4406 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4410 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4411 whole
= adj
->upper
- adj
->page_size
;
4412 portion
= min ((int)position
, whole
);
4413 bar
->dragging
= make_number ((int)portion
);
4418 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4419 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4420 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
4424 #else /* not USE_GTK and not USE_MOTIF */
4426 /* Xaw scroll bar callback. Invoked when the thumb is dragged.
4427 WIDGET is the scroll bar widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the
4428 scroll bar struct. CALL_DATA is a pointer to a float saying where
4432 xaw_jump_callback (widget
, client_data
, call_data
)
4434 XtPointer client_data
, call_data
;
4436 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) client_data
;
4437 float top
= *(float *) call_data
;
4439 int whole
, portion
, height
;
4442 /* Get the size of the thumb, a value between 0 and 1. */
4444 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNshown
, &shown
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
4448 portion
= shown
< 1 ? top
* whole
: 0;
4450 if (shown
< 1 && (eabs (top
+ shown
- 1) < 1.0/height
))
4451 /* Some derivatives of Xaw refuse to shrink the thumb when you reach
4452 the bottom, so we force the scrolling whenever we see that we're
4453 too close to the bottom (in x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb
4454 we try to ensure that we always stay two pixels away from the
4456 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4458 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4460 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4461 bar
->dragging
= make_number (portion
);
4462 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4463 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
4467 /* Xaw scroll bar callback. Invoked for incremental scrolling.,
4468 i.e. line or page up or down. WIDGET is the Xaw scroll bar
4469 widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure for
4470 the scroll bar. CALL_DATA is an integer specifying the action that
4471 has taken place. Its magnitude is in the range 0..height of the
4472 scroll bar. Negative values mean scroll towards buffer start.
4473 Values < height of scroll bar mean line-wise movement. */
4476 xaw_scroll_callback (widget
, client_data
, call_data
)
4478 XtPointer client_data
, call_data
;
4480 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) client_data
;
4481 /* The position really is stored cast to a pointer. */
4482 int position
= (long) call_data
;
4486 /* Get the height of the scroll bar. */
4488 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
4491 if (eabs (position
) >= height
)
4492 part
= (position
< 0) ? scroll_bar_above_handle
: scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4494 /* If Xaw3d was compiled with ARROW_SCROLLBAR,
4495 it maps line-movement to call_data = max(5, height/20). */
4496 else if (xaw3d_arrow_scroll
&& eabs (position
) <= max (5, height
/ 20))
4497 part
= (position
< 0) ? scroll_bar_up_arrow
: scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4499 part
= scroll_bar_move_ratio
;
4501 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4502 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4503 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4504 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, position
, height
);
4507 #endif /* not USE_GTK and not USE_MOTIF */
4509 #define SCROLL_BAR_NAME "verticalScrollBar"
4511 /* Create the widget for scroll bar BAR on frame F. Record the widget
4512 and X window of the scroll bar in BAR. */
4516 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (f
, bar
)
4518 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4520 char *scroll_bar_name
= SCROLL_BAR_NAME
;
4523 xg_create_scroll_bar (f
, bar
, G_CALLBACK (xg_scroll_callback
),
4528 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4531 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (f
, bar
)
4533 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4539 char *scroll_bar_name
= SCROLL_BAR_NAME
;
4540 unsigned long pixel
;
4545 /* Set resources. Create the widget. */
4546 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNmappedWhenManaged
, False
); ++ac
;
4547 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNminimum
, 0); ++ac
;
4548 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNmaximum
, XM_SB_MAX
); ++ac
;
4549 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNorientation
, XmVERTICAL
); ++ac
;
4550 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNprocessingDirection
, XmMAX_ON_BOTTOM
), ++ac
;
4551 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNincrement
, 1); ++ac
;
4552 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNpageIncrement
, 1); ++ac
;
4554 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
;
4557 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNforeground
, pixel
);
4561 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4564 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNbackground
, pixel
);
4568 widget
= XmCreateScrollBar (f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
,
4569 scroll_bar_name
, av
, ac
);
4571 /* Add one callback for everything that can happen. */
4572 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNdecrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4574 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNdragCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4576 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNincrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4578 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNpageDecrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4580 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNpageIncrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4582 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNtoBottomCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4584 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNtoTopCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4587 /* Realize the widget. Only after that is the X window created. */
4588 XtRealizeWidget (widget
);
4590 /* Set the cursor to an arrow. I didn't find a resource to do that.
4591 And I'm wondering why it hasn't an arrow cursor by default. */
4592 XDefineCursor (XtDisplay (widget
), XtWindow (widget
),
4593 f
->output_data
.x
->nontext_cursor
);
4595 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
4597 /* Set resources. Create the widget. The background of the
4598 Xaw3d scroll bar widget is a little bit light for my taste.
4599 We don't alter it here to let users change it according
4600 to their taste with `emacs*verticalScrollBar.background: xxx'. */
4601 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNmappedWhenManaged
, False
); ++ac
;
4602 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNorientation
, XtorientVertical
); ++ac
;
4603 /* For smoother scrolling with Xaw3d -sm */
4604 /* XtSetArg (av[ac], XtNpickTop, True); ++ac; */
4606 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
;
4609 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNforeground
, pixel
);
4613 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4616 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbackground
, pixel
);
4620 /* Top/bottom shadow colors. */
4622 /* Allocate them, if necessary. */
4623 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4625 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4626 if (!x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
),
4627 &pixel
, 1.2, 0x8000))
4629 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
= pixel
;
4631 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4633 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4634 if (!x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
),
4635 &pixel
, 0.6, 0x4000))
4637 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
= pixel
;
4640 #ifdef XtNbeNiceToColormap
4641 /* Tell the toolkit about them. */
4642 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
== -1
4643 || f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4644 /* We tried to allocate a color for the top/bottom shadow, and
4645 failed, so tell Xaw3d to use dithering instead. */
4647 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbeNiceToColormap
, True
);
4651 /* Tell what colors Xaw3d should use for the top/bottom shadow, to
4652 be more consistent with other emacs 3d colors, and since Xaw3d is
4653 not good at dealing with allocation failure. */
4655 /* This tells Xaw3d to use real colors instead of dithering for
4657 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbeNiceToColormap
, False
);
4660 /* Specify the colors. */
4661 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
;
4664 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNtopShadowPixel
, pixel
);
4667 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
;
4670 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbottomShadowPixel
, pixel
);
4676 widget
= XtCreateWidget (scroll_bar_name
, scrollbarWidgetClass
,
4677 f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
, av
, ac
);
4681 char *val
= initial
;
4682 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNscrollVCursor
, (XtPointer
) &val
,
4683 #ifdef XtNarrowScrollbars
4684 XtNarrowScrollbars
, (XtPointer
) &xaw3d_arrow_scroll
,
4686 XtNpickTop
, (XtPointer
) &xaw3d_pick_top
, NULL
);
4687 if (xaw3d_arrow_scroll
|| val
== initial
)
4688 { /* ARROW_SCROLL */
4689 xaw3d_arrow_scroll
= True
;
4690 /* Isn't that just a personal preference ? --Stef */
4691 XtVaSetValues (widget
, XtNcursorName
, "top_left_arrow", NULL
);
4695 /* Define callbacks. */
4696 XtAddCallback (widget
, XtNjumpProc
, xaw_jump_callback
, (XtPointer
) bar
);
4697 XtAddCallback (widget
, XtNscrollProc
, xaw_scroll_callback
,
4700 /* Realize the widget. Only after that is the X window created. */
4701 XtRealizeWidget (widget
);
4703 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
4705 /* Install an action hook that lets us detect when the user
4706 finishes interacting with a scroll bar. */
4707 if (action_hook_id
== 0)
4708 action_hook_id
= XtAppAddActionHook (Xt_app_con
, xt_action_hook
, 0);
4710 /* Remember X window and widget in the scroll bar vector. */
4711 SET_SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (bar
, widget
);
4712 xwindow
= XtWindow (widget
);
4713 bar
->x_window
= xwindow
;
4717 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4720 /* Set the thumb size and position of scroll bar BAR. We are currently
4721 displaying PORTION out of a whole WHOLE, and our position POSITION. */
4725 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
)
4726 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4727 int portion
, position
, whole
;
4729 xg_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
);
4732 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4734 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
)
4735 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4736 int portion
, position
, whole
;
4738 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
4739 Widget widget
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
);
4746 /* We use an estimate of 30 chars per line rather than the real
4747 `portion' value. This has the disadvantage that the thumb size
4748 is not very representative, but it makes our life a lot easier.
4749 Otherwise, we have to constantly adjust the thumb size, which
4750 we can't always do quickly enough: while dragging, the size of
4751 the thumb might prevent the user from dragging the thumb all the
4752 way to the end. but Motif and some versions of Xaw3d don't allow
4753 updating the thumb size while dragging. Also, even if we can update
4754 its size, the update will often happen too late.
4755 If you don't believe it, check out revision 1.650 of xterm.c to see
4756 what hoops we were going through and the still poor behavior we got. */
4757 portion
= WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)) * 30;
4758 /* When the thumb is at the bottom, position == whole.
4759 So we need to increase `whole' to make space for the thumb. */
4766 top
= (float) position
/ whole
;
4767 shown
= (float) portion
/ whole
;
4770 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
))
4774 /* Slider size. Must be in the range [1 .. MAX - MIN] where MAX
4775 is the scroll bar's maximum and MIN is the scroll bar's minimum
4777 size
= shown
* XM_SB_MAX
;
4778 size
= min (size
, XM_SB_MAX
);
4779 size
= max (size
, 1);
4781 /* Position. Must be in the range [MIN .. MAX - SLIDER_SIZE]. */
4782 value
= top
* XM_SB_MAX
;
4783 value
= min (value
, XM_SB_MAX
- size
);
4785 XmScrollBarSetValues (widget
, value
, size
, 0, 0, False
);
4787 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
4793 top
= (float) position
/ whole
;
4794 shown
= (float) portion
/ whole
;
4798 float old_top
, old_shown
;
4800 XtVaGetValues (widget
,
4801 XtNtopOfThumb
, &old_top
,
4802 XtNshown
, &old_shown
,
4806 /* Massage the top+shown values. */
4807 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
) || last_scroll_bar_part
== scroll_bar_down_arrow
)
4808 top
= max (0, min (1, top
));
4811 /* Keep two pixels available for moving the thumb down. */
4812 shown
= max (0, min (1 - top
- (2.0 / height
), shown
));
4814 /* If the call to XawScrollbarSetThumb below doesn't seem to work,
4815 check that your system's configuration file contains a define
4816 for `NARROWPROTO'. See s/freebsd.h for an example. */
4817 if (top
!= old_top
|| shown
!= old_shown
)
4819 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
))
4820 XawScrollbarSetThumb (widget
, top
, shown
);
4823 /* Try to make the scrolling a tad smoother. */
4824 if (!xaw3d_pick_top
)
4825 shown
= min (shown
, old_shown
);
4827 XawScrollbarSetThumb (widget
, top
, shown
);
4831 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
4835 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4837 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4841 /************************************************************************
4842 Scroll bars, general
4843 ************************************************************************/
4845 /* Create a scroll bar and return the scroll bar vector for it. W is
4846 the Emacs window on which to create the scroll bar. TOP, LEFT,
4847 WIDTH and HEIGHT are the pixel coordinates and dimensions of the
4850 static struct scroll_bar
*
4851 x_scroll_bar_create (w
, top
, left
, width
, height
)
4853 int top
, left
, width
, height
;
4855 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
4856 struct scroll_bar
*bar
4857 = ALLOCATE_PSEUDOVECTOR (struct scroll_bar
, x_window
, PVEC_OTHER
);
4861 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4862 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (f
, bar
);
4863 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4865 XSetWindowAttributes a
;
4869 a
.background_pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4870 if (a
.background_pixel
== -1)
4871 a
.background_pixel
= FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
);
4873 a
.event_mask
= (ButtonPressMask
| ButtonReleaseMask
4874 | ButtonMotionMask
| PointerMotionHintMask
4876 a
.cursor
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->vertical_scroll_bar_cursor
;
4878 mask
= (CWBackPixel
| CWEventMask
| CWCursor
);
4880 /* Clear the area of W that will serve as a scroll bar. This is
4881 for the case that a window has been split horizontally. In
4882 this case, no clear_frame is generated to reduce flickering. */
4883 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
4884 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
4886 window_box_height (w
), False
);
4888 window
= XCreateWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
4889 /* Position and size of scroll bar. */
4890 left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
4892 width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
4894 /* Border width, depth, class, and visual. */
4901 bar
->x_window
= window
;
4903 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4905 XSETWINDOW (bar
->window
, w
);
4909 bar
->height
= height
;
4912 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4913 bar
->fringe_extended_p
= 0;
4915 /* Add bar to its frame's list of scroll bars. */
4916 bar
->next
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
4918 XSETVECTOR (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
), bar
);
4919 if (!NILP (bar
->next
))
4920 XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
, bar
);
4922 /* Map the window/widget. */
4923 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4926 xg_update_scrollbar_pos (f
,
4929 left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
4930 width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
4932 xg_show_scroll_bar (bar
->x_window
);
4933 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4934 Widget scroll_bar
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
);
4935 XtConfigureWidget (scroll_bar
,
4936 left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
4938 width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
4939 max (height
, 1), 0);
4940 XtMapWidget (scroll_bar
);
4941 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4943 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4944 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
->x_window
);
4945 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4952 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4954 /* Draw BAR's handle in the proper position.
4956 If the handle is already drawn from START to END, don't bother
4957 redrawing it, unless REBUILD is non-zero; in that case, always
4958 redraw it. (REBUILD is handy for drawing the handle after expose
4961 Normally, we want to constrain the start and end of the handle to
4962 fit inside its rectangle, but if the user is dragging the scroll
4963 bar handle, we want to let them drag it down all the way, so that
4964 the bar's top is as far down as it goes; otherwise, there's no way
4965 to move to the very end of the buffer. */
4968 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, start
, end
, rebuild
)
4969 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4973 int dragging
= ! NILP (bar
->dragging
);
4974 Window w
= bar
->x_window
;
4975 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
4976 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
4978 /* If the display is already accurate, do nothing. */
4980 && start
== bar
->start
4987 int inside_width
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_WIDTH (f
, bar
->width
);
4988 int inside_height
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_HEIGHT (f
, bar
->height
);
4989 int top_range
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, bar
->height
);
4991 /* Make sure the values are reasonable, and try to preserve
4992 the distance between start and end. */
4994 int length
= end
- start
;
4998 else if (start
> top_range
)
5000 end
= start
+ length
;
5004 else if (end
> top_range
&& ! dragging
)
5008 /* Store the adjusted setting in the scroll bar. */
5012 /* Clip the end position, just for display. */
5013 if (end
> top_range
)
5016 /* Draw bottom positions VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE pixels
5017 below top positions, to make sure the handle is always at least
5018 that many pixels tall. */
5019 end
+= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
;
5021 /* Draw the empty space above the handle. Note that we can't clear
5022 zero-height areas; that means "clear to end of window." */
5024 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
5025 /* x, y, width, height, and exposures. */
5026 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
5027 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
,
5028 inside_width
, start
,
5031 /* Change to proper foreground color if one is specified. */
5032 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
5033 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
5034 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
5036 /* Draw the handle itself. */
5037 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
, gc
,
5038 /* x, y, width, height */
5039 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
5040 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
+ start
,
5041 inside_width
, end
- start
);
5043 /* Restore the foreground color of the GC if we changed it above. */
5044 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
5045 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
5046 FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
5048 /* Draw the empty space below the handle. Note that we can't
5049 clear zero-height areas; that means "clear to end of window." */
5050 if (end
< inside_height
)
5051 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
5052 /* x, y, width, height, and exposures. */
5053 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
5054 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
+ end
,
5055 inside_width
, inside_height
- end
,
5063 #endif /* !USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5065 /* Destroy scroll bar BAR, and set its Emacs window's scroll bar to
5069 x_scroll_bar_remove (bar
)
5070 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5072 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5075 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5077 xg_remove_scroll_bar (f
, bar
->x_window
);
5078 #else /* not USE_GTK */
5079 XtDestroyWidget (SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
));
5080 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
5082 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
->x_window
);
5085 /* Disassociate this scroll bar from its window. */
5086 XWINDOW (bar
->window
)->vertical_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
5092 /* Set the handle of the vertical scroll bar for WINDOW to indicate
5093 that we are displaying PORTION characters out of a total of WHOLE
5094 characters, starting at POSITION. If WINDOW has no scroll bar,
5098 XTset_vertical_scroll_bar (w
, portion
, whole
, position
)
5100 int portion
, whole
, position
;
5102 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
5103 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5104 int top
, height
, left
, sb_left
, width
, sb_width
;
5105 int window_y
, window_height
;
5106 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5107 int fringe_extended_p
;
5110 /* Get window dimensions. */
5111 window_box (w
, -1, 0, &window_y
, 0, &window_height
);
5113 width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (w
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
5114 height
= window_height
;
5116 /* Compute the left edge of the scroll bar area. */
5117 left
= WINDOW_SCROLL_BAR_AREA_X (w
);
5119 /* Compute the width of the scroll bar which might be less than
5120 the width of the area reserved for the scroll bar. */
5121 if (WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (w
) > 0)
5122 sb_width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (w
);
5126 /* Compute the left edge of the scroll bar. */
5127 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5128 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_RIGHT (w
))
5129 sb_left
= left
+ (WINDOW_RIGHTMOST_P (w
) ? width
- sb_width
: 0);
5131 sb_left
= left
+ (WINDOW_LEFTMOST_P (w
) ? 0 : width
- sb_width
);
5133 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_RIGHT (w
))
5134 sb_left
= left
+ width
- sb_width
;
5139 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5140 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_LEFT (w
))
5141 fringe_extended_p
= (WINDOW_LEFTMOST_P (w
)
5142 && WINDOW_LEFT_FRINGE_WIDTH (w
)
5143 && (WINDOW_HAS_FRINGES_OUTSIDE_MARGINS (w
)
5144 || WINDOW_LEFT_MARGIN_COLS (w
) == 0));
5146 fringe_extended_p
= (WINDOW_RIGHTMOST_P (w
)
5147 && WINDOW_RIGHT_FRINGE_WIDTH (w
)
5148 && (WINDOW_HAS_FRINGES_OUTSIDE_MARGINS (w
)
5149 || WINDOW_RIGHT_MARGIN_COLS (w
) == 0));
5152 /* Does the scroll bar exist yet? */
5153 if (NILP (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5155 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
5158 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5159 if (fringe_extended_p
)
5160 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5161 sb_left
, top
, sb_width
, height
, False
);
5164 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5165 left
, top
, width
, height
, False
);
5169 bar
= x_scroll_bar_create (w
, top
, sb_left
, sb_width
, height
);
5173 /* It may just need to be moved and resized. */
5174 unsigned int mask
= 0;
5176 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
);
5180 if (sb_left
!= bar
->left
)
5182 if (top
!= bar
->top
)
5184 if (sb_width
!= bar
->width
)
5186 if (height
!= bar
->height
)
5189 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5191 /* Move/size the scroll bar widget. */
5192 if (mask
|| bar
->fringe_extended_p
!= fringe_extended_p
)
5194 /* Since toolkit scroll bars are smaller than the space reserved
5195 for them on the frame, we have to clear "under" them. */
5196 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
5198 if (fringe_extended_p
)
5199 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5200 sb_left
, top
, sb_width
, height
, False
);
5202 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5203 left
, top
, width
, height
, False
);
5206 xg_update_scrollbar_pos (f
,
5209 sb_left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5210 sb_width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
*2,
5212 #else /* not USE_GTK */
5213 XtConfigureWidget (SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
),
5214 sb_left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5216 sb_width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
5217 max (height
, 1), 0);
5218 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
5220 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5222 /* Clear areas not covered by the scroll bar because of
5223 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM. */
5224 if (VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
)
5226 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5227 left
, top
, VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5229 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5230 left
+ width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5231 top
, VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5235 /* Clear areas not covered by the scroll bar because it's not as
5236 wide as the area reserved for it. This makes sure a
5237 previous mode line display is cleared after C-x 2 C-x 1, for
5240 int area_width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (w
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
5241 int rest
= area_width
- sb_width
;
5242 if (rest
> 0 && height
> 0)
5244 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_LEFT (w
))
5245 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5246 left
+ area_width
- rest
, top
,
5247 rest
, height
, False
);
5249 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5250 left
, top
, rest
, height
, False
);
5254 /* Move/size the scroll bar window. */
5259 wc
.x
= sb_left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
5261 wc
.width
= sb_width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2;
5263 XConfigureWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
->x_window
,
5267 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5269 /* Remember new settings. */
5270 bar
->left
= sb_left
;
5272 bar
->width
= sb_width
;
5273 bar
->height
= height
;
5278 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5279 bar
->fringe_extended_p
= fringe_extended_p
;
5281 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
);
5282 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5283 /* Set the scroll bar's current state, unless we're currently being
5285 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5287 int top_range
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, height
);
5290 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, 0, top_range
, 0);
5293 int start
= ((double) position
* top_range
) / whole
;
5294 int end
= ((double) (position
+ portion
) * top_range
) / whole
;
5295 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, start
, end
, 0);
5298 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5300 XSETVECTOR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
, bar
);
5304 /* The following three hooks are used when we're doing a thorough
5305 redisplay of the frame. We don't explicitly know which scroll bars
5306 are going to be deleted, because keeping track of when windows go
5307 away is a real pain - "Can you say set-window-configuration, boys
5308 and girls?" Instead, we just assert at the beginning of redisplay
5309 that *all* scroll bars are to be removed, and then save a scroll bar
5310 from the fiery pit when we actually redisplay its window. */
5312 /* Arrange for all scroll bars on FRAME to be removed at the next call
5313 to `*judge_scroll_bars_hook'. A scroll bar may be spared if
5314 `*redeem_scroll_bar_hook' is applied to its window before the judgment. */
5317 XTcondemn_scroll_bars (frame
)
5320 /* Transfer all the scroll bars to FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS. */
5321 while (! NILP (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
)))
5324 bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
);
5325 FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
) = XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
;
5326 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
);
5327 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->prev
= Qnil
;
5328 if (! NILP (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
)))
5329 XSCROLL_BAR (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
))->prev
= bar
;
5330 FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
) = bar
;
5335 /* Un-mark WINDOW's scroll bar for deletion in this judgment cycle.
5336 Note that WINDOW isn't necessarily condemned at all. */
5339 XTredeem_scroll_bar (window
)
5340 struct window
*window
;
5342 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5345 /* We can't redeem this window's scroll bar if it doesn't have one. */
5346 if (NILP (window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5349 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (window
->vertical_scroll_bar
);
5351 /* Unlink it from the condemned list. */
5352 f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (window
));
5353 if (NILP (bar
->prev
))
5355 /* If the prev pointer is nil, it must be the first in one of
5357 if (EQ (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
), window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5358 /* It's not condemned. Everything's fine. */
5360 else if (EQ (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
),
5361 window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5362 FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
) = bar
->next
;
5364 /* If its prev pointer is nil, it must be at the front of
5365 one or the other! */
5369 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->prev
)->next
= bar
->next
;
5371 if (! NILP (bar
->next
))
5372 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
= bar
->prev
;
5374 bar
->next
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
5376 XSETVECTOR (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
), bar
);
5377 if (! NILP (bar
->next
))
5378 XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
, bar
);
5381 /* Remove all scroll bars on FRAME that haven't been saved since the
5382 last call to `*condemn_scroll_bars_hook'. */
5385 XTjudge_scroll_bars (f
)
5388 Lisp_Object bar
, next
;
5390 bar
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
5392 /* Clear out the condemned list now so we won't try to process any
5393 more events on the hapless scroll bars. */
5394 FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
) = Qnil
;
5396 for (; ! NILP (bar
); bar
= next
)
5398 struct scroll_bar
*b
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
5400 x_scroll_bar_remove (b
);
5403 b
->next
= b
->prev
= Qnil
;
5406 /* Now there should be no references to the condemned scroll bars,
5407 and they should get garbage-collected. */
5411 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5412 /* Handle an Expose or GraphicsExpose event on a scroll bar. This
5413 is a no-op when using toolkit scroll bars.
5415 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5419 x_scroll_bar_expose (bar
, event
)
5420 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5423 Window w
= bar
->x_window
;
5424 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5425 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
5426 int width_trim
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
5430 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, bar
->start
, bar
->end
, 1);
5432 /* Switch to scroll bar foreground color. */
5433 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
5434 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
5435 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
5437 /* Draw a one-pixel border just inside the edges of the scroll bar. */
5438 XDrawRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
, gc
,
5440 /* x, y, width, height */
5442 bar
->width
- 1 - width_trim
- width_trim
,
5445 /* Restore the foreground color of the GC if we changed it above. */
5446 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
5447 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
5448 FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
5453 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5455 /* Handle a mouse click on the scroll bar BAR. If *EMACS_EVENT's kind
5456 is set to something other than NO_EVENT, it is enqueued.
5458 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5463 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar
, event
, emacs_event
)
5464 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5466 struct input_event
*emacs_event
;
5468 if (! WINDOWP (bar
->window
))
5471 emacs_event
->kind
= SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT
;
5472 emacs_event
->code
= event
->xbutton
.button
- Button1
;
5473 emacs_event
->modifiers
5474 = (x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO
5475 (XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)))),
5476 event
->xbutton
.state
)
5477 | (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
5480 emacs_event
->frame_or_window
= bar
->window
;
5481 emacs_event
->arg
= Qnil
;
5482 emacs_event
->timestamp
= event
->xbutton
.time
;
5485 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, bar
->height
);
5486 int y
= event
->xbutton
.y
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
;
5489 if (y
> top_range
) y
= top_range
;
5492 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
5493 else if (y
< bar
->end
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
)
5494 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5496 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
5498 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5499 /* If the user has released the handle, set it to its final position. */
5500 if (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
5501 && ! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5503 int new_start
= y
- XINT (bar
->dragging
);
5504 int new_end
= new_start
+ bar
->end
- bar
->start
;
5506 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, new_start
, new_end
, 0);
5507 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
5511 XSETINT (emacs_event
->x
, y
);
5512 XSETINT (emacs_event
->y
, top_range
);
5516 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5518 /* Handle some mouse motion while someone is dragging the scroll bar.
5520 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5524 x_scroll_bar_note_movement (bar
, event
)
5525 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5528 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)->frame
);
5530 last_mouse_movement_time
= event
->xmotion
.time
;
5533 XSETVECTOR (last_mouse_scroll_bar
, bar
);
5535 /* If we're dragging the bar, display it. */
5536 if (! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5538 /* Where should the handle be now? */
5539 int new_start
= event
->xmotion
.y
- XINT (bar
->dragging
);
5541 if (new_start
!= bar
->start
)
5543 int new_end
= new_start
+ bar
->end
- bar
->start
;
5545 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, new_start
, new_end
, 0);
5550 #endif /* !USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5552 /* Return information to the user about the current position of the mouse
5553 on the scroll bar. */
5556 x_scroll_bar_report_motion (fp
, bar_window
, part
, x
, y
, time
)
5558 Lisp_Object
*bar_window
;
5559 enum scroll_bar_part
*part
;
5561 unsigned long *time
;
5563 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (last_mouse_scroll_bar
);
5564 Window w
= bar
->x_window
;
5565 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5567 Window dummy_window
;
5569 unsigned int dummy_mask
;
5573 /* Get the mouse's position relative to the scroll bar window, and
5575 if (! XQueryPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
5577 /* Root, child, root x and root y. */
5578 &dummy_window
, &dummy_window
,
5579 &dummy_coord
, &dummy_coord
,
5581 /* Position relative to scroll bar. */
5584 /* Mouse buttons and modifier keys. */
5590 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, bar
->height
);
5592 win_y
-= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
;
5594 if (! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5595 win_y
-= XINT (bar
->dragging
);
5599 if (win_y
> top_range
)
5603 *bar_window
= bar
->window
;
5605 if (! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5606 *part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5607 else if (win_y
< bar
->start
)
5608 *part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
5609 else if (win_y
< bar
->end
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
)
5610 *part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5612 *part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
5614 XSETINT (*x
, win_y
);
5615 XSETINT (*y
, top_range
);
5618 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
5621 *time
= last_mouse_movement_time
;
5627 /* The screen has been cleared so we may have changed foreground or
5628 background colors, and the scroll bars may need to be redrawn.
5629 Clear out the scroll bars, and ask for expose events, so we can
5633 x_scroll_bar_clear (f
)
5636 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5639 /* We can have scroll bars even if this is 0,
5640 if we just turned off scroll bar mode.
5641 But in that case we should not clear them. */
5642 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f
))
5643 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
); VECTORP (bar
);
5644 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
)
5645 XClearArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5646 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->x_window
,
5648 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5652 /* The main X event-reading loop - XTread_socket. */
5654 /* This holds the state XLookupString needs to implement dead keys
5655 and other tricks known as "compose processing". _X Window System_
5656 says that a portable program can't use this, but Stephen Gildea assures
5657 me that letting the compiler initialize it to zeros will work okay.
5659 This must be defined outside of XTread_socket, for the same reasons
5660 given for enter_timestamp, above. */
5662 static XComposeStatus compose_status
;
5664 /* Record the last 100 characters stored
5665 to help debug the loss-of-chars-during-GC problem. */
5667 static int temp_index
;
5668 static short temp_buffer
[100];
5670 #define STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG(keysym) \
5671 if (temp_index == sizeof temp_buffer / sizeof (short)) \
5673 temp_buffer[temp_index++] = (keysym)
5675 /* Set this to nonzero to fake an "X I/O error"
5676 on a particular display. */
5678 struct x_display_info
*XTread_socket_fake_io_error
;
5680 /* When we find no input here, we occasionally do a no-op command
5681 to verify that the X server is still running and we can still talk with it.
5682 We try all the open displays, one by one.
5683 This variable is used for cycling thru the displays. */
5685 static struct x_display_info
*next_noop_dpyinfo
;
5687 #define SET_SAVED_MENU_EVENT(size) \
5690 if (f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event == 0) \
5691 f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event \
5692 = (XEvent *) xmalloc (sizeof (XEvent)); \
5693 bcopy (&event, f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event, size); \
5694 inev.ie.kind = MENU_BAR_ACTIVATE_EVENT; \
5695 XSETFRAME (inev.ie.frame_or_window, f); \
5699 #define SET_SAVED_BUTTON_EVENT SET_SAVED_MENU_EVENT (sizeof (XButtonEvent))
5700 #define SET_SAVED_KEY_EVENT SET_SAVED_MENU_EVENT (sizeof (XKeyEvent))
5710 /* Filter events for the current X input method.
5711 DPYINFO is the display this event is for.
5712 EVENT is the X event to filter.
5714 Returns non-zero if the event was filtered, caller shall not process
5716 Returns zero if event is wasn't filtered. */
5720 x_filter_event (dpyinfo
, event
)
5721 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
5724 /* XFilterEvent returns non-zero if the input method has
5725 consumed the event. We pass the frame's X window to
5726 XFilterEvent because that's the one for which the IC
5729 struct frame
*f1
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
5730 event
->xclient
.window
);
5732 return XFilterEvent (event
, f1
? FRAME_X_WINDOW (f1
) : None
);
5737 static int current_count
;
5738 static int current_finish
;
5739 static struct input_event
*current_hold_quit
;
5741 /* This is the filter function invoked by the GTK event loop.
5742 It is invoked before the XEvent is translated to a GdkEvent,
5743 so we have a chance to act on the event before GTK. */
5744 static GdkFilterReturn
5745 event_handler_gdk (gxev
, ev
, data
)
5750 XEvent
*xev
= (XEvent
*) gxev
;
5752 if (current_count
>= 0)
5754 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
5756 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (xev
->xany
.display
);
5759 /* Filter events for the current X input method.
5760 GTK calls XFilterEvent but not for key press and release,
5761 so we do it here. */
5762 if (xev
->type
== KeyPress
|| xev
->type
== KeyRelease
)
5763 if (dpyinfo
&& x_filter_event (dpyinfo
, xev
))
5764 return GDK_FILTER_REMOVE
;
5768 current_finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
5772 handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, xev
, ¤t_finish
,
5777 current_finish
= x_dispatch_event (xev
, xev
->xany
.display
);
5779 if (current_finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
|| current_finish
== X_EVENT_DROP
)
5780 return GDK_FILTER_REMOVE
;
5782 return GDK_FILTER_CONTINUE
;
5784 #endif /* USE_GTK */
5787 /* Handles the XEvent EVENT on display DPYINFO.
5789 *FINISH is X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT if caller should stop reading events.
5790 *FINISH is zero if caller should continue reading events.
5791 *FINISH is X_EVENT_DROP if event should not be passed to the toolkit.
5793 We return the number of characters stored into the buffer. */
5796 handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, eventp
, finish
, hold_quit
)
5797 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
5800 struct input_event
*hold_quit
;
5803 struct input_event ie
;
5804 struct selection_input_event sie
;
5809 struct frame
*f
= NULL
;
5810 struct coding_system coding
;
5811 XEvent event
= *eventp
;
5813 *finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
5815 EVENT_INIT (inev
.ie
);
5816 inev
.ie
.kind
= NO_EVENT
;
5823 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5824 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_protocols
5825 && event
.xclient
.format
== 32)
5827 if (event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0]
5828 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_take_focus
)
5830 /* Use x_any_window_to_frame because this
5831 could be the shell widget window
5832 if the frame has no title bar. */
5833 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5835 /* Not quite sure this is needed -pd */
5836 if (f
&& FRAME_XIC (f
))
5837 XSetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (f
));
5839 #if 0 /* Emacs sets WM hints whose `input' field is `true'. This
5840 instructs the WM to set the input focus automatically for
5841 Emacs with a call to XSetInputFocus. Setting WM_TAKE_FOCUS
5842 tells the WM to send us a ClientMessage WM_TAKE_FOCUS after
5843 it has set the focus. So, XSetInputFocus below is not
5846 The call to XSetInputFocus below has also caused trouble. In
5847 cases where the XSetInputFocus done by the WM and the one
5848 below are temporally close (on a fast machine), the call
5849 below can generate additional FocusIn events which confuse
5852 /* Since we set WM_TAKE_FOCUS, we must call
5853 XSetInputFocus explicitly. But not if f is null,
5854 since that might be an event for a deleted frame. */
5857 Display
*d
= event
.xclient
.display
;
5858 /* Catch and ignore errors, in case window has been
5859 iconified by a window manager such as GWM. */
5861 XSetInputFocus (d
, event
.xclient
.window
,
5862 /* The ICCCM says this is
5863 the only valid choice. */
5865 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1]);
5866 /* This is needed to detect the error
5867 if there is an error. */
5869 x_uncatch_errors ();
5871 /* Not certain about handling scroll bars here */
5876 if (event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0]
5877 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_save_yourself
)
5879 /* Save state modify the WM_COMMAND property to
5880 something which can reinstate us. This notifies
5881 the session manager, who's looking for such a
5882 PropertyNotify. Can restart processing when
5883 a keyboard or mouse event arrives. */
5884 /* If we have a session manager, don't set this.
5885 KDE will then start two Emacsen, one for the
5886 session manager and one for this. */
5888 if (! x_session_have_connection ())
5891 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
5892 event
.xclient
.window
);
5893 /* This is just so we only give real data once
5894 for a single Emacs process. */
5895 if (f
== SELECTED_FRAME ())
5896 XSetCommand (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5897 event
.xclient
.window
,
5898 initial_argv
, initial_argc
);
5900 XSetCommand (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5901 event
.xclient
.window
,
5907 if (event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0]
5908 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_delete_window
)
5910 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
5911 event
.xclient
.window
);
5913 goto OTHER
; /* May be a dialog that is to be removed */
5915 inev
.ie
.kind
= DELETE_WINDOW_EVENT
;
5916 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
5923 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5924 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_configure_denied
)
5929 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5930 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_window_moved
)
5933 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5935 new_x
= event
.xclient
.data
.s
[0];
5936 new_y
= event
.xclient
.data
.s
[1];
5940 f
->left_pos
= new_x
;
5947 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5948 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_editres
)
5950 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5952 _XEditResCheckMessages (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, NULL
,
5956 #endif /* HACK_EDITRES */
5958 if ((event
.xclient
.message_type
5959 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_DONE
)
5960 || (event
.xclient
.message_type
5961 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_PAGE
))
5963 /* Ghostview job completed. Kill it. We could
5964 reply with "Next" if we received "Page", but we
5965 currently never do because we are interested in
5966 images, only, which should have 1 page. */
5967 Pixmap pixmap
= (Pixmap
) event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1];
5968 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5971 x_kill_gs_process (pixmap
, f
);
5972 expose_frame (f
, 0, 0, 0, 0);
5976 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5977 /* Scroll bar callbacks send a ClientMessage from which
5978 we construct an input_event. */
5979 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5980 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_Scrollbar
)
5982 x_scroll_bar_to_input_event (&event
, &inev
.ie
);
5983 *finish
= X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
;
5986 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5988 /* XEmbed messages from the embedder (if any). */
5989 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5990 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED
)
5992 enum xembed_message msg
= event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1];
5993 if (msg
== XEMBED_FOCUS_IN
|| msg
== XEMBED_FOCUS_OUT
)
5994 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
5996 *finish
= X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
;
6000 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
6003 if (x_handle_dnd_message (f
, &event
.xclient
, dpyinfo
, &inev
.ie
))
6004 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6008 case SelectionNotify
:
6009 last_user_time
= event
.xselection
.time
;
6010 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6011 if (! x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xselection
.requestor
))
6013 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6014 x_handle_selection_notify (&event
.xselection
);
6017 case SelectionClear
: /* Someone has grabbed ownership. */
6018 last_user_time
= event
.xselectionclear
.time
;
6019 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6020 if (! x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xselectionclear
.window
))
6022 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6024 XSelectionClearEvent
*eventp
= (XSelectionClearEvent
*) &event
;
6026 inev
.ie
.kind
= SELECTION_CLEAR_EVENT
;
6027 SELECTION_EVENT_DISPLAY (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->display
;
6028 SELECTION_EVENT_SELECTION (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->selection
;
6029 SELECTION_EVENT_TIME (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->time
;
6030 inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
= Qnil
;
6034 case SelectionRequest
: /* Someone wants our selection. */
6035 last_user_time
= event
.xselectionrequest
.time
;
6036 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6037 if (!x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xselectionrequest
.owner
))
6039 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6041 XSelectionRequestEvent
*eventp
6042 = (XSelectionRequestEvent
*) &event
;
6044 inev
.ie
.kind
= SELECTION_REQUEST_EVENT
;
6045 SELECTION_EVENT_DISPLAY (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->display
;
6046 SELECTION_EVENT_REQUESTOR (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->requestor
;
6047 SELECTION_EVENT_SELECTION (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->selection
;
6048 SELECTION_EVENT_TARGET (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->target
;
6049 SELECTION_EVENT_PROPERTY (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->property
;
6050 SELECTION_EVENT_TIME (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->time
;
6051 inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
= Qnil
;
6055 case PropertyNotify
:
6056 last_user_time
= event
.xproperty
.time
;
6057 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xproperty
.window
);
6058 if (f
&& event
.xproperty
.atom
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state
)
6059 x_handle_net_wm_state (f
, &event
.xproperty
);
6061 x_handle_property_notify (&event
.xproperty
);
6064 case ReparentNotify
:
6065 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xreparent
.window
);
6069 f
->output_data
.x
->parent_desc
= event
.xreparent
.parent
;
6070 x_real_positions (f
, &x
, &y
);
6074 /* Perhaps reparented due to a WM restart. Reset this. */
6075 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
;
6076 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->net_supported_window
= 0;
6081 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xexpose
.window
);
6085 /* This seems to be needed for GTK 2.6. */
6086 x_clear_area (event
.xexpose
.display
,
6087 event
.xexpose
.window
,
6088 event
.xexpose
.x
, event
.xexpose
.y
,
6089 event
.xexpose
.width
, event
.xexpose
.height
,
6092 if (f
->async_visible
== 0)
6094 f
->async_visible
= 1;
6095 f
->async_iconified
= 0;
6096 f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
= 1;
6097 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
6101 event
.xexpose
.x
, event
.xexpose
.y
,
6102 event
.xexpose
.width
, event
.xexpose
.height
);
6106 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6107 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
6109 #if defined USE_LUCID
6110 /* Submenus of the Lucid menu bar aren't widgets
6111 themselves, so there's no way to dispatch events
6112 to them. Recognize this case separately. */
6115 = x_window_to_menu_bar (event
.xexpose
.window
);
6117 xlwmenu_redisplay (widget
);
6119 #endif /* USE_LUCID */
6121 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6122 /* Dispatch event to the widget. */
6124 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6125 bar
= x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
.xexpose
.display
,
6126 event
.xexpose
.window
);
6129 x_scroll_bar_expose (bar
, &event
);
6130 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6133 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6134 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6138 case GraphicsExpose
: /* This occurs when an XCopyArea's
6139 source area was obscured or not
6141 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xgraphicsexpose
.drawable
);
6145 event
.xgraphicsexpose
.x
, event
.xgraphicsexpose
.y
,
6146 event
.xgraphicsexpose
.width
,
6147 event
.xgraphicsexpose
.height
);
6149 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6152 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6155 case NoExpose
: /* This occurs when an XCopyArea's
6156 source area was completely
6161 /* Redo the mouse-highlight after the tooltip has gone. */
6162 if (event
.xmap
.window
== tip_window
)
6165 redo_mouse_highlight ();
6168 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xunmap
.window
);
6169 if (f
) /* F may no longer exist if
6170 the frame was deleted. */
6172 /* While a frame is unmapped, display generation is
6173 disabled; you don't want to spend time updating a
6174 display that won't ever be seen. */
6175 f
->async_visible
= 0;
6176 /* We can't distinguish, from the event, whether the window
6177 has become iconified or invisible. So assume, if it
6178 was previously visible, than now it is iconified.
6179 But x_make_frame_invisible clears both
6180 the visible flag and the iconified flag;
6181 and that way, we know the window is not iconified now. */
6182 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) || FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
))
6184 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
6186 inev
.ie
.kind
= ICONIFY_EVENT
;
6187 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6193 if (event
.xmap
.window
== tip_window
)
6194 /* The tooltip has been drawn already. Avoid
6195 the SET_FRAME_GARBAGED below. */
6198 /* We use x_top_window_to_frame because map events can
6199 come for sub-windows and they don't mean that the
6200 frame is visible. */
6201 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xmap
.window
);
6204 /* wait_reading_process_output will notice this and update
6205 the frame's display structures.
6206 If we where iconified, we should not set garbaged,
6207 because that stops redrawing on Expose events. This looks
6208 bad if we are called from a recursive event loop
6209 (x_dispatch_event), for example when a dialog is up. */
6210 if (! f
->async_iconified
)
6211 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
6213 /* Check if fullscreen was specified before we where mapped the
6214 first time, i.e. from the command line. */
6215 if (!f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
)
6216 x_check_fullscreen (f
);
6218 f
->async_visible
= 1;
6219 f
->async_iconified
= 0;
6220 f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
= 1;
6224 inev
.ie
.kind
= DEICONIFY_EVENT
;
6225 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6227 else if (! NILP (Vframe_list
)
6228 && ! NILP (XCDR (Vframe_list
)))
6229 /* Force a redisplay sooner or later
6230 to update the frame titles
6231 in case this is the second frame. */
6232 record_asynch_buffer_change ();
6235 xg_frame_resized (f
, -1, -1);
6242 last_user_time
= event
.xkey
.time
;
6243 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
6245 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
6246 /* Dispatch KeyPress events when in menu. */
6247 if (popup_activated ())
6251 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xkey
.window
);
6253 /* If mouse-highlight is an integer, input clears out
6254 mouse highlighting. */
6255 if (!dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
&& INTEGERP (Vmouse_highlight
)
6257 || !EQ (f
->tool_bar_window
, dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
)))
6259 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
6260 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= 1;
6263 #if defined USE_MOTIF && defined USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6266 /* Scroll bars consume key events, but we want
6267 the keys to go to the scroll bar's frame. */
6268 Widget widget
= XtWindowToWidget (dpyinfo
->display
,
6270 if (widget
&& XmIsScrollBar (widget
))
6272 widget
= XtParent (widget
);
6273 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, XtWindow (widget
));
6276 #endif /* USE_MOTIF and USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6280 KeySym keysym
, orig_keysym
;
6281 /* al%imercury@uunet.uu.net says that making this 81
6282 instead of 80 fixed a bug whereby meta chars made
6285 It seems that some version of XmbLookupString has
6286 a bug of not returning XBufferOverflow in
6287 status_return even if the input is too long to
6288 fit in 81 bytes. So, we must prepare sufficient
6289 bytes for copy_buffer. 513 bytes (256 chars for
6290 two-byte character set) seems to be a fairly good
6291 approximation. -- 2000.8.10 handa@etl.go.jp */
6292 unsigned char copy_buffer
[513];
6293 unsigned char *copy_bufptr
= copy_buffer
;
6294 int copy_bufsiz
= sizeof (copy_buffer
);
6296 Lisp_Object coding_system
= Qlatin_1
;
6300 /* Don't pass keys to GTK. A Tab will shift focus to the
6301 tool bar in GTK 2.4. Keys will still go to menus and
6302 dialogs because in that case popup_activated is TRUE
6304 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6308 |= x_emacs_to_x_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
),
6309 extra_keyboard_modifiers
);
6310 modifiers
= event
.xkey
.state
;
6312 /* This will have to go some day... */
6314 /* make_lispy_event turns chars into control chars.
6315 Don't do it here because XLookupString is too eager. */
6316 event
.xkey
.state
&= ~ControlMask
;
6317 event
.xkey
.state
&= ~(dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
6318 | dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
6319 | dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
6320 | dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
);
6322 /* In case Meta is ComposeCharacter,
6323 clear its status. According to Markus Ehrnsperger
6324 Markus.Ehrnsperger@lehrstuhl-bross.physik.uni-muenchen.de
6325 this enables ComposeCharacter to work whether or
6326 not it is combined with Meta. */
6327 if (modifiers
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
6328 bzero (&compose_status
, sizeof (compose_status
));
6333 Status status_return
;
6335 coding_system
= Vlocale_coding_system
;
6336 nbytes
= XmbLookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
6337 &event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
6338 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6340 if (status_return
== XBufferOverflow
)
6342 copy_bufsiz
= nbytes
+ 1;
6343 copy_bufptr
= (unsigned char *) alloca (copy_bufsiz
);
6344 nbytes
= XmbLookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
6345 &event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
6346 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6349 /* Xutf8LookupString is a new but already deprecated interface. -stef */
6350 if (status_return
== XLookupNone
)
6352 else if (status_return
== XLookupChars
)
6357 else if (status_return
!= XLookupKeySym
6358 && status_return
!= XLookupBoth
)
6362 nbytes
= XLookupString (&event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
6363 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6366 nbytes
= XLookupString (&event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
6367 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6371 /* If not using XIM/XIC, and a compose sequence is in progress,
6372 we break here. Otherwise, chars_matched is always 0. */
6373 if (compose_status
.chars_matched
> 0 && nbytes
== 0)
6376 bzero (&compose_status
, sizeof (compose_status
));
6377 orig_keysym
= keysym
;
6379 /* Common for all keysym input events. */
6380 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6382 = x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
), modifiers
);
6383 inev
.ie
.timestamp
= event
.xkey
.time
;
6385 /* First deal with keysyms which have defined
6386 translations to characters. */
6387 if (keysym
>= 32 && keysym
< 128)
6388 /* Avoid explicitly decoding each ASCII character. */
6390 inev
.ie
.kind
= ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6391 inev
.ie
.code
= keysym
;
6395 /* Keysyms directly mapped to Unicode characters. */
6396 if (keysym
>= 0x01000000 && keysym
<= 0x0110FFFF)
6398 if (keysym
< 0x01000080)
6399 inev
.ie
.kind
= ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6401 inev
.ie
.kind
= MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6402 inev
.ie
.code
= keysym
& 0xFFFFFF;
6406 /* Now non-ASCII. */
6407 if (HASH_TABLE_P (Vx_keysym_table
)
6408 && (NATNUMP (c
= Fgethash (make_number (keysym
),
6412 inev
.ie
.kind
= (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (XFASTINT (c
))
6413 ? ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
6414 : MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
);
6415 inev
.ie
.code
= XFASTINT (c
);
6419 /* Random non-modifier sorts of keysyms. */
6420 if (((keysym
>= XK_BackSpace
&& keysym
<= XK_Escape
)
6421 || keysym
== XK_Delete
6422 #ifdef XK_ISO_Left_Tab
6423 || (keysym
>= XK_ISO_Left_Tab
6424 && keysym
<= XK_ISO_Enter
)
6426 || IsCursorKey (keysym
) /* 0xff50 <= x < 0xff60 */
6427 || IsMiscFunctionKey (keysym
) /* 0xff60 <= x < VARIES */
6429 /* This recognizes the "extended function
6430 keys". It seems there's no cleaner way.
6431 Test IsModifierKey to avoid handling
6432 mode_switch incorrectly. */
6433 || ((unsigned) (keysym
) >= XK_Select
6434 && (unsigned)(keysym
) < XK_KP_Space
)
6436 #ifdef XK_dead_circumflex
6437 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_circumflex
6439 #ifdef XK_dead_grave
6440 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_grave
6442 #ifdef XK_dead_tilde
6443 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_tilde
6445 #ifdef XK_dead_diaeresis
6446 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_diaeresis
6448 #ifdef XK_dead_macron
6449 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_macron
6451 #ifdef XK_dead_degree
6452 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_degree
6454 #ifdef XK_dead_acute
6455 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_acute
6457 #ifdef XK_dead_cedilla
6458 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_cedilla
6460 #ifdef XK_dead_breve
6461 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_breve
6463 #ifdef XK_dead_ogonek
6464 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_ogonek
6466 #ifdef XK_dead_caron
6467 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_caron
6469 #ifdef XK_dead_doubleacute
6470 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_doubleacute
6472 #ifdef XK_dead_abovedot
6473 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_abovedot
6475 || IsKeypadKey (keysym
) /* 0xff80 <= x < 0xffbe */
6476 || IsFunctionKey (keysym
) /* 0xffbe <= x < 0xffe1 */
6477 /* Any "vendor-specific" key is ok. */
6478 || (orig_keysym
& (1 << 28))
6479 || (keysym
!= NoSymbol
&& nbytes
== 0))
6480 && ! (IsModifierKey (orig_keysym
)
6481 /* The symbols from XK_ISO_Lock
6482 to XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
6483 don't have real modifiers but
6484 should be treated similarly to
6485 Mode_switch by Emacs. */
6486 #if defined XK_ISO_Lock && defined XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
6487 || ((unsigned)(orig_keysym
)
6489 && (unsigned)(orig_keysym
)
6490 <= XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
)
6494 STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG (keysym
);
6495 /* make_lispy_event will convert this to a symbolic
6497 inev
.ie
.kind
= NON_ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6498 inev
.ie
.code
= keysym
;
6502 { /* Raw bytes, not keysym. */
6507 for (i
= 0, nchars
= 0; i
< nbytes
; i
++)
6509 if (ASCII_BYTE_P (copy_bufptr
[i
]))
6511 STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG (copy_bufptr
[i
]);
6514 if (nchars
< nbytes
)
6516 /* Decode the input data. */
6520 /* The input should be decoded with `coding_system'
6521 which depends on which X*LookupString function
6522 we used just above and the locale. */
6523 setup_coding_system (coding_system
, &coding
);
6524 coding
.src_multibyte
= 0;
6525 coding
.dst_multibyte
= 1;
6526 /* The input is converted to events, thus we can't
6527 handle composition. Anyway, there's no XIM that
6528 gives us composition information. */
6529 coding
.common_flags
&= ~CODING_ANNOTATION_MASK
;
6531 require
= MAX_MULTIBYTE_LENGTH
* nbytes
;
6532 coding
.destination
= alloca (require
);
6533 coding
.dst_bytes
= require
;
6534 coding
.mode
|= CODING_MODE_LAST_BLOCK
;
6535 decode_coding_c_string (&coding
, copy_bufptr
, nbytes
, Qnil
);
6536 nbytes
= coding
.produced
;
6537 nchars
= coding
.produced_char
;
6538 copy_bufptr
= coding
.destination
;
6541 /* Convert the input data to a sequence of
6542 character events. */
6543 for (i
= 0; i
< nbytes
; i
+= len
)
6545 if (nchars
== nbytes
)
6546 c
= copy_bufptr
[i
], len
= 1;
6548 c
= STRING_CHAR_AND_LENGTH (copy_bufptr
+ i
,
6550 inev
.ie
.kind
= (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (c
)
6551 ? ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
6552 : MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
);
6554 kbd_buffer_store_event_hold (&inev
.ie
, hold_quit
);
6559 inev
.ie
.kind
= NO_EVENT
; /* Already stored above. */
6561 if (keysym
== NoSymbol
)
6567 /* Don't dispatch this event since XtDispatchEvent calls
6568 XFilterEvent, and two calls in a row may freeze the
6576 last_user_time
= event
.xkey
.time
;
6578 /* Don't dispatch this event since XtDispatchEvent calls
6579 XFilterEvent, and two calls in a row may freeze the
6587 last_user_time
= event
.xcrossing
.time
;
6588 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6590 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xcrossing
.window
);
6592 if (f
&& x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
)
6593 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= event
.xmotion
.time
+ 200;
6595 /* EnterNotify counts as mouse movement,
6596 so update things that depend on mouse position. */
6597 if (f
&& !f
->output_data
.x
->hourglass_p
)
6598 note_mouse_movement (f
, &event
.xmotion
);
6600 /* We may get an EnterNotify on the buttons in the toolbar. In that
6601 case we moved out of any highlighted area and need to note this. */
6602 if (!f
&& last_mouse_glyph_frame
)
6603 note_mouse_movement (last_mouse_glyph_frame
, &event
.xmotion
);
6608 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6612 last_user_time
= event
.xcrossing
.time
;
6613 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6615 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xcrossing
.window
);
6618 if (f
== dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
6620 /* If we move outside the frame, then we're
6621 certainly no longer on any text in the frame. */
6622 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
6623 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= 0;
6626 /* Generate a nil HELP_EVENT to cancel a help-echo.
6627 Do it only if there's something to cancel.
6628 Otherwise, the startup message is cleared when
6629 the mouse leaves the frame. */
6630 if (any_help_event_p
)
6634 /* See comment in EnterNotify above */
6635 else if (last_mouse_glyph_frame
)
6636 note_mouse_movement (last_mouse_glyph_frame
, &event
.xmotion
);
6641 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6646 last_user_time
= event
.xmotion
.time
;
6647 previous_help_echo_string
= help_echo_string
;
6648 help_echo_string
= Qnil
;
6650 if (dpyinfo
->grabbed
&& last_mouse_frame
6651 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame
))
6652 f
= last_mouse_frame
;
6654 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xmotion
.window
);
6656 if (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
)
6658 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= 0;
6659 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
6665 /* Generate SELECT_WINDOW_EVENTs when needed.
6666 Don't let popup menus influence things (bug#1261). */
6667 if (!NILP (Vmouse_autoselect_window
) && !popup_activated ())
6671 window
= window_from_coordinates (f
,
6672 event
.xmotion
.x
, event
.xmotion
.y
,
6675 /* Window will be selected only when it is not selected now and
6676 last mouse movement event was not in it. Minibuffer window
6677 will be selected only when it is active. */
6678 if (WINDOWP (window
)
6679 && !EQ (window
, last_window
)
6680 && !EQ (window
, selected_window
)
6681 /* For click-to-focus window managers
6682 create event iff we don't leave the
6684 && (focus_follows_mouse
6685 || (EQ (XWINDOW (window
)->frame
,
6686 XWINDOW (selected_window
)->frame
))))
6688 inev
.ie
.kind
= SELECT_WINDOW_EVENT
;
6689 inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
= window
;
6694 if (!note_mouse_movement (f
, &event
.xmotion
))
6695 help_echo_string
= previous_help_echo_string
;
6699 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6700 struct scroll_bar
*bar
6701 = x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
.xmotion
.display
,
6702 event
.xmotion
.window
);
6705 x_scroll_bar_note_movement (bar
, &event
);
6706 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6708 /* If we move outside the frame, then we're
6709 certainly no longer on any text in the frame. */
6710 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
6713 /* If the contents of the global variable help_echo_string
6714 has changed, generate a HELP_EVENT. */
6715 if (!NILP (help_echo_string
)
6716 || !NILP (previous_help_echo_string
))
6721 case ConfigureNotify
:
6722 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xconfigure
.window
);
6725 && (f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xconfigure
.window
))
6726 && event
.xconfigure
.window
== FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
))
6728 xg_frame_resized (f
, event
.xconfigure
.width
,
6729 event
.xconfigure
.height
);
6735 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6737 int rows
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT_TO_TEXT_LINES (f
, event
.xconfigure
.height
);
6738 int columns
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH_TO_TEXT_COLS (f
, event
.xconfigure
.width
);
6740 /* In the toolkit version, change_frame_size
6741 is called by the code that handles resizing
6742 of the EmacsFrame widget. */
6744 /* Even if the number of character rows and columns has
6745 not changed, the font size may have changed, so we need
6746 to check the pixel dimensions as well. */
6747 if (columns
!= FRAME_COLS (f
)
6748 || rows
!= FRAME_LINES (f
)
6749 || event
.xconfigure
.width
!= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)
6750 || event
.xconfigure
.height
!= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
))
6752 change_frame_size (f
, rows
, columns
, 0, 1, 0);
6753 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
6754 cancel_mouse_face (f
);
6757 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) = event
.xconfigure
.width
;
6758 FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
) = event
.xconfigure
.height
;
6759 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
6763 /* GTK creates windows but doesn't map them.
6764 Only get real positions and check fullscreen when mapped. */
6765 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)
6766 && GTK_WIDGET_MAPPED (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)))
6769 x_real_positions (f
, &f
->left_pos
, &f
->top_pos
);
6773 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMStatusArea
))
6774 xic_set_statusarea (f
);
6778 if (f
->output_data
.x
->parent_desc
!= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
)
6780 /* Since the WM decorations come below top_pos now,
6781 we must put them below top_pos in the future. */
6782 f
->win_gravity
= NorthWestGravity
;
6783 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 0);
6792 /* If we decide we want to generate an event to be seen
6793 by the rest of Emacs, we put it here. */
6796 bzero (&compose_status
, sizeof (compose_status
));
6797 last_mouse_glyph_frame
= 0;
6798 last_user_time
= event
.xbutton
.time
;
6800 if (dpyinfo
->grabbed
6802 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame
))
6803 f
= last_mouse_frame
;
6805 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xbutton
.window
);
6809 /* Is this in the tool-bar? */
6810 if (WINDOWP (f
->tool_bar_window
)
6811 && WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (XWINDOW (f
->tool_bar_window
)))
6814 int x
= event
.xbutton
.x
;
6815 int y
= event
.xbutton
.y
;
6817 window
= window_from_coordinates (f
, x
, y
, 0, 0, 0, 1);
6818 tool_bar_p
= EQ (window
, f
->tool_bar_window
);
6820 if (tool_bar_p
&& event
.xbutton
.button
< 4)
6822 handle_tool_bar_click (f
, x
, y
,
6823 event
.xbutton
.type
== ButtonPress
,
6824 x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (dpyinfo
,
6825 event
.xbutton
.state
));
6830 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
6831 if (! popup_activated ())
6834 if (ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
)
6836 if (event
.type
== ButtonPress
6837 && (int)(event
.xbutton
.time
- ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
) > 0)
6839 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
6840 construct_mouse_click (&inev
.ie
, &event
.xbutton
, f
);
6842 if (event
.type
== ButtonRelease
)
6843 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
6846 construct_mouse_click (&inev
.ie
, &event
.xbutton
, f
);
6848 if (FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
6849 xembed_send_message (f
, event
.xbutton
.time
,
6850 XEMBED_REQUEST_FOCUS
, 0, 0, 0);
6854 struct scroll_bar
*bar
6855 = x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
.xbutton
.display
,
6856 event
.xbutton
.window
);
6858 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6859 /* Make the "Ctrl-Mouse-2 splits window" work for toolkit
6861 if (bar
&& event
.xbutton
.state
& ControlMask
)
6863 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6864 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6866 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6868 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6869 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6872 if (event
.type
== ButtonPress
)
6874 dpyinfo
->grabbed
|= (1 << event
.xbutton
.button
);
6875 last_mouse_frame
= f
;
6878 last_tool_bar_item
= -1;
6881 dpyinfo
->grabbed
&= ~(1 << event
.xbutton
.button
);
6883 /* Ignore any mouse motion that happened before this event;
6884 any subsequent mouse-movement Emacs events should reflect
6885 only motion after the ButtonPress/Release. */
6889 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
6890 f
= x_menubar_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xbutton
.window
);
6891 /* For a down-event in the menu bar,
6892 don't pass it to Xt right now.
6893 Instead, save it away
6894 and we will pass it to Xt from kbd_buffer_get_event.
6895 That way, we can run some Lisp code first. */
6898 ! popup_activated ()
6899 /* Gtk+ menus only react to the first three buttons. */
6900 && event
.xbutton
.button
< 3
6903 f
&& event
.type
== ButtonPress
6904 /* Verify the event is really within the menu bar
6905 and not just sent to it due to grabbing. */
6906 && event
.xbutton
.x
>= 0
6907 && event
.xbutton
.x
< FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)
6908 && event
.xbutton
.y
>= 0
6909 && event
.xbutton
.y
< f
->output_data
.x
->menubar_height
6910 && event
.xbutton
.same_screen
)
6912 SET_SAVED_BUTTON_EVENT
;
6913 XSETFRAME (last_mouse_press_frame
, f
);
6915 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6918 else if (event
.type
== ButtonPress
)
6920 last_mouse_press_frame
= Qnil
;
6924 #ifdef USE_MOTIF /* This should do not harm for Lucid,
6925 but I am trying to be cautious. */
6926 else if (event
.type
== ButtonRelease
)
6928 if (!NILP (last_mouse_press_frame
))
6930 f
= XFRAME (last_mouse_press_frame
);
6931 if (f
->output_data
.x
)
6932 SET_SAVED_BUTTON_EVENT
;
6937 #endif /* USE_MOTIF */
6940 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT || USE_GTK */
6944 case CirculateNotify
:
6947 case CirculateRequest
:
6950 case VisibilityNotify
:
6954 /* Someone has changed the keyboard mapping - update the
6956 switch (event
.xmapping
.request
)
6958 case MappingModifier
:
6959 x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo
);
6960 /* This is meant to fall through. */
6961 case MappingKeyboard
:
6962 XRefreshKeyboardMapping (&event
.xmapping
);
6968 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6970 if (*finish
!= X_EVENT_DROP
)
6971 XtDispatchEvent (&event
);
6973 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6978 if (inev
.ie
.kind
!= NO_EVENT
)
6980 kbd_buffer_store_event_hold (&inev
.ie
, hold_quit
);
6985 && !(hold_quit
&& hold_quit
->kind
!= NO_EVENT
))
6990 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
6996 any_help_event_p
= 1;
6997 gen_help_event (help_echo_string
, frame
, help_echo_window
,
6998 help_echo_object
, help_echo_pos
);
7002 help_echo_string
= Qnil
;
7003 gen_help_event (Qnil
, frame
, Qnil
, Qnil
, 0);
7013 /* Handles the XEvent EVENT on display DISPLAY.
7014 This is used for event loops outside the normal event handling,
7015 i.e. looping while a popup menu or a dialog is posted.
7017 Returns the value handle_one_xevent sets in the finish argument. */
7019 x_dispatch_event (event
, display
)
7023 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
7024 int finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
7026 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (display
);
7029 handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, event
, &finish
, 0);
7035 /* Read events coming from the X server.
7036 This routine is called by the SIGIO handler.
7037 We return as soon as there are no more events to be read.
7039 We return the number of characters stored into the buffer,
7040 thus pretending to be `read' (except the characters we store
7041 in the keyboard buffer can be multibyte, so are not necessarily
7044 EXPECTED is nonzero if the caller knows input is available. */
7047 XTread_socket (terminal
, expected
, hold_quit
)
7048 struct terminal
*terminal
;
7050 struct input_event
*hold_quit
;
7054 int event_found
= 0;
7056 if (interrupt_input_blocked
)
7058 interrupt_input_pending
= 1;
7060 pending_signals
= 1;
7065 interrupt_input_pending
= 0;
7067 pending_signals
= pending_atimers
;
7071 /* So people can tell when we have read the available input. */
7072 input_signal_count
++;
7077 /* Only check session manager input for the primary display. */
7078 if (terminal
->id
== 1 && x_session_have_connection ())
7080 struct input_event inev
;
7082 /* We don't need to EVENT_INIT (inev) here, as
7083 x_session_check_input copies an entire input_event. */
7084 if (x_session_check_input (&inev
))
7086 kbd_buffer_store_event_hold (&inev
, hold_quit
);
7093 /* For debugging, this gives a way to fake an I/O error. */
7094 if (terminal
->display_info
.x
== XTread_socket_fake_io_error
)
7096 XTread_socket_fake_io_error
= 0;
7097 x_io_error_quitter (terminal
->display_info
.x
->display
);
7101 while (XPending (terminal
->display_info
.x
->display
))
7105 XNextEvent (terminal
->display_info
.x
->display
, &event
);
7108 /* Filter events for the current X input method. */
7109 if (x_filter_event (terminal
->display_info
.x
, &event
))
7114 count
+= handle_one_xevent (terminal
->display_info
.x
,
7115 &event
, &finish
, hold_quit
);
7117 if (finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
)
7123 /* For GTK we must use the GTK event loop. But XEvents gets passed
7124 to our filter function above, and then to the big event switch.
7125 We use a bunch of globals to communicate with our filter function,
7126 that is kind of ugly, but it works.
7128 There is no way to do one display at the time, GTK just does events
7129 from all displays. */
7131 while (gtk_events_pending ())
7133 current_count
= count
;
7134 current_hold_quit
= hold_quit
;
7136 gtk_main_iteration ();
7138 count
= current_count
;
7140 current_hold_quit
= 0;
7142 if (current_finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
)
7145 #endif /* USE_GTK */
7149 /* On some systems, an X bug causes Emacs to get no more events
7150 when the window is destroyed. Detect that. (1994.) */
7153 /* Emacs and the X Server eats up CPU time if XNoOp is done every time.
7154 One XNOOP in 100 loops will make Emacs terminate.
7155 B. Bretthauer, 1994 */
7157 if (x_noop_count
>= 100)
7161 if (next_noop_dpyinfo
== 0)
7162 next_noop_dpyinfo
= x_display_list
;
7164 XNoOp (next_noop_dpyinfo
->display
);
7166 /* Each time we get here, cycle through the displays now open. */
7167 next_noop_dpyinfo
= next_noop_dpyinfo
->next
;
7171 /* If the focus was just given to an auto-raising frame,
7173 /* ??? This ought to be able to handle more than one such frame. */
7174 if (pending_autoraise_frame
)
7176 x_raise_frame (pending_autoraise_frame
);
7177 pending_autoraise_frame
= 0;
7189 /***********************************************************************
7191 ***********************************************************************/
7193 /* Set clipping for output in glyph row ROW. W is the window in which
7194 we operate. GC is the graphics context to set clipping in.
7196 ROW may be a text row or, e.g., a mode line. Text rows must be
7197 clipped to the interior of the window dedicated to text display,
7198 mode lines must be clipped to the whole window. */
7201 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, area
, gc
)
7203 struct glyph_row
*row
;
7207 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7208 XRectangle clip_rect
;
7209 int window_x
, window_y
, window_width
;
7211 window_box (w
, area
, &window_x
, &window_y
, &window_width
, 0);
7213 clip_rect
.x
= window_x
;
7214 clip_rect
.y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (0, row
->y
));
7215 clip_rect
.y
= max (clip_rect
.y
, window_y
);
7216 clip_rect
.width
= window_width
;
7217 clip_rect
.height
= row
->visible_height
;
7219 XSetClipRectangles (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
, 0, 0, &clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
7223 /* Draw a hollow box cursor on window W in glyph row ROW. */
7226 x_draw_hollow_cursor (w
, row
)
7228 struct glyph_row
*row
;
7230 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7231 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
7232 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
7235 struct glyph
*cursor_glyph
;
7238 /* Get the glyph the cursor is on. If we can't tell because
7239 the current matrix is invalid or such, give up. */
7240 cursor_glyph
= get_phys_cursor_glyph (w
);
7241 if (cursor_glyph
== NULL
)
7244 /* Compute frame-relative coordinates for phys cursor. */
7245 get_phys_cursor_geometry (w
, row
, cursor_glyph
, &x
, &y
, &h
);
7246 wd
= w
->phys_cursor_width
;
7248 /* The foreground of cursor_gc is typically the same as the normal
7249 background color, which can cause the cursor box to be invisible. */
7250 xgcv
.foreground
= f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
7251 if (dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
)
7252 XChangeGC (dpy
, dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
7254 dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
7255 GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
7256 gc
= dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
;
7258 /* Set clipping, draw the rectangle, and reset clipping again. */
7259 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, TEXT_AREA
, gc
);
7260 XDrawRectangle (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
, x
, y
, wd
, h
- 1);
7261 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
7265 /* Draw a bar cursor on window W in glyph row ROW.
7267 Implementation note: One would like to draw a bar cursor with an
7268 angle equal to the one given by the font property XA_ITALIC_ANGLE.
7269 Unfortunately, I didn't find a font yet that has this property set.
7273 x_draw_bar_cursor (w
, row
, width
, kind
)
7275 struct glyph_row
*row
;
7277 enum text_cursor_kinds kind
;
7279 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
7280 struct glyph
*cursor_glyph
;
7282 /* If cursor is out of bounds, don't draw garbage. This can happen
7283 in mini-buffer windows when switching between echo area glyphs
7285 cursor_glyph
= get_phys_cursor_glyph (w
);
7286 if (cursor_glyph
== NULL
)
7289 /* If on an image, draw like a normal cursor. That's usually better
7290 visible than drawing a bar, esp. if the image is large so that
7291 the bar might not be in the window. */
7292 if (cursor_glyph
->type
== IMAGE_GLYPH
)
7294 struct glyph_row
*row
;
7295 row
= MATRIX_ROW (w
->current_matrix
, w
->phys_cursor
.vpos
);
7296 draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w
, row
, DRAW_CURSOR
);
7300 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
7301 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
7302 GC gc
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
7303 unsigned long mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
7304 struct face
*face
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, cursor_glyph
->face_id
);
7307 /* If the glyph's background equals the color we normally draw
7308 the bars cursor in, the bar cursor in its normal color is
7309 invisible. Use the glyph's foreground color instead in this
7310 case, on the assumption that the glyph's colors are chosen so
7311 that the glyph is legible. */
7312 if (face
->background
== f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
)
7313 xgcv
.background
= xgcv
.foreground
= face
->foreground
;
7315 xgcv
.background
= xgcv
.foreground
= f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
7316 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= 0;
7319 XChangeGC (dpy
, gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
7322 gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
7323 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
= gc
;
7326 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, TEXT_AREA
, gc
);
7328 if (kind
== BAR_CURSOR
)
7331 width
= FRAME_CURSOR_WIDTH (f
);
7332 width
= min (cursor_glyph
->pixel_width
, width
);
7334 w
->phys_cursor_width
= width
;
7336 XFillRectangle (dpy
, window
, gc
,
7337 WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.x
),
7338 WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.y
),
7339 width
, row
->height
);
7343 int dummy_x
, dummy_y
, dummy_h
;
7346 width
= row
->height
;
7348 width
= min (row
->height
, width
);
7350 get_phys_cursor_geometry (w
, row
, cursor_glyph
, &dummy_x
,
7351 &dummy_y
, &dummy_h
);
7353 XFillRectangle (dpy
, window
, gc
,
7354 WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.x
),
7355 WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.y
+
7356 row
->height
- width
),
7357 w
->phys_cursor_width
, width
);
7360 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
7365 /* RIF: Define cursor CURSOR on frame F. */
7368 x_define_frame_cursor (f
, cursor
)
7372 if (!f
->pointer_invisible
7373 && f
->output_data
.x
->current_cursor
!= cursor
)
7374 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), cursor
);
7375 f
->output_data
.x
->current_cursor
= cursor
;
7379 /* RIF: Clear area on frame F. */
7382 x_clear_frame_area (f
, x
, y
, width
, height
)
7384 int x
, y
, width
, height
;
7386 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
7387 x
, y
, width
, height
, False
);
7391 /* RIF: Draw cursor on window W. */
7394 x_draw_window_cursor (w
, glyph_row
, x
, y
, cursor_type
, cursor_width
, on_p
, active_p
)
7396 struct glyph_row
*glyph_row
;
7398 int cursor_type
, cursor_width
;
7401 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7405 w
->phys_cursor_type
= cursor_type
;
7406 w
->phys_cursor_on_p
= 1;
7408 if (glyph_row
->exact_window_width_line_p
7409 && w
->phys_cursor
.hpos
>= glyph_row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
])
7411 glyph_row
->cursor_in_fringe_p
= 1;
7412 draw_fringe_bitmap (w
, glyph_row
, 0);
7415 switch (cursor_type
)
7417 case HOLLOW_BOX_CURSOR
:
7418 x_draw_hollow_cursor (w
, glyph_row
);
7421 case FILLED_BOX_CURSOR
:
7422 draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w
, glyph_row
, DRAW_CURSOR
);
7426 x_draw_bar_cursor (w
, glyph_row
, cursor_width
, BAR_CURSOR
);
7430 x_draw_bar_cursor (w
, glyph_row
, cursor_width
, HBAR_CURSOR
);
7434 w
->phys_cursor_width
= 0;
7442 if (w
== XWINDOW (f
->selected_window
))
7443 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMPreeditPosition
))
7444 xic_set_preeditarea (w
, x
, y
);
7449 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
7456 /* Make the x-window of frame F use the gnu icon bitmap. */
7459 x_bitmap_icon (f
, file
)
7465 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == 0)
7468 /* Free up our existing icon bitmap and mask if any. */
7469 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
> 0)
7470 x_destroy_bitmap (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
);
7471 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= 0;
7476 /* Use gtk_window_set_icon_from_file () if available,
7477 It's not restricted to bitmaps */
7478 if (xg_set_icon (f
, file
))
7480 #endif /* USE_GTK */
7481 bitmap_id
= x_create_bitmap_from_file (f
, file
);
7482 x_create_bitmap_mask (f
, bitmap_id
);
7486 /* Create the GNU bitmap and mask if necessary. */
7487 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
< 0)
7493 if (xg_set_icon (f
, xg_default_icon_file
)
7494 || xg_set_icon_from_xpm_data (f
, gnu_xpm_bits
))
7497 #elif defined (HAVE_XPM) && defined (HAVE_X_WINDOWS)
7499 rc
= x_create_bitmap_from_xpm_data (f
, gnu_xpm_bits
);
7501 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
= rc
;
7505 /* If all else fails, use the (black and white) xbm image. */
7508 rc
= x_create_bitmap_from_data (f
, gnu_xbm_bits
,
7509 gnu_xbm_width
, gnu_xbm_height
);
7513 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
= rc
;
7514 x_create_bitmap_mask (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
);
7518 /* The first time we create the GNU bitmap and mask,
7519 this increments the ref-count one extra time.
7520 As a result, the GNU bitmap and mask are never freed.
7521 That way, we don't have to worry about allocating it again. */
7522 x_reference_bitmap (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
);
7524 bitmap_id
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
;
7527 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f
, bitmap_id
);
7528 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= bitmap_id
;
7534 /* Make the x-window of frame F use a rectangle with text.
7535 Use ICON_NAME as the text. */
7538 x_text_icon (f
, icon_name
)
7542 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == 0)
7547 text
.value
= (unsigned char *) icon_name
;
7548 text
.encoding
= XA_STRING
;
7550 text
.nitems
= strlen (icon_name
);
7551 XSetWMIconName (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
), &text
);
7554 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
> 0)
7555 x_destroy_bitmap (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
);
7556 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= 0;
7557 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f
, 0);
7562 #define X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE 200
7564 /* If non-nil, this should be a string.
7565 It means catch X errors and store the error message in this string.
7567 The reason we use a stack is that x_catch_error/x_uncatch_error can
7568 be called from a signal handler.
7571 struct x_error_message_stack
{
7572 char string
[X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
];
7574 struct x_error_message_stack
*prev
;
7576 static struct x_error_message_stack
*x_error_message
;
7578 /* An X error handler which stores the error message in
7579 *x_error_message. This is called from x_error_handler if
7580 x_catch_errors is in effect. */
7583 x_error_catcher (display
, error
)
7587 XGetErrorText (display
, error
->error_code
,
7588 x_error_message
->string
,
7589 X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
);
7592 /* Begin trapping X errors for display DPY. Actually we trap X errors
7593 for all displays, but DPY should be the display you are actually
7596 After calling this function, X protocol errors no longer cause
7597 Emacs to exit; instead, they are recorded in the string
7598 stored in *x_error_message.
7600 Calling x_check_errors signals an Emacs error if an X error has
7601 occurred since the last call to x_catch_errors or x_check_errors.
7603 Calling x_uncatch_errors resumes the normal error handling. */
7605 void x_check_errors ();
7608 x_catch_errors (dpy
)
7611 struct x_error_message_stack
*data
= xmalloc (sizeof (*data
));
7613 /* Make sure any errors from previous requests have been dealt with. */
7617 data
->string
[0] = 0;
7618 data
->prev
= x_error_message
;
7619 x_error_message
= data
;
7622 /* Undo the last x_catch_errors call.
7623 DPY should be the display that was passed to x_catch_errors. */
7628 struct x_error_message_stack
*tmp
;
7632 /* The display may have been closed before this function is called.
7633 Check if it is still open before calling XSync. */
7634 if (x_display_info_for_display (x_error_message
->dpy
) != 0)
7635 XSync (x_error_message
->dpy
, False
);
7637 tmp
= x_error_message
;
7638 x_error_message
= x_error_message
->prev
;
7643 /* If any X protocol errors have arrived since the last call to
7644 x_catch_errors or x_check_errors, signal an Emacs error using
7645 sprintf (a buffer, FORMAT, the x error message text) as the text. */
7648 x_check_errors (dpy
, format
)
7652 /* Make sure to catch any errors incurred so far. */
7655 if (x_error_message
->string
[0])
7657 char string
[X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
];
7658 bcopy (x_error_message
->string
, string
, X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
);
7659 x_uncatch_errors ();
7660 error (format
, string
);
7664 /* Nonzero if we had any X protocol errors
7665 since we did x_catch_errors on DPY. */
7668 x_had_errors_p (dpy
)
7671 /* Make sure to catch any errors incurred so far. */
7674 return x_error_message
->string
[0] != 0;
7677 /* Forget about any errors we have had, since we did x_catch_errors on DPY. */
7680 x_clear_errors (dpy
)
7683 x_error_message
->string
[0] = 0;
7686 #if 0 /* See comment in unwind_to_catch why calling this is a bad
7687 * idea. --lorentey */
7688 /* Close off all unclosed x_catch_errors calls. */
7691 x_fully_uncatch_errors ()
7693 while (x_error_message
)
7694 x_uncatch_errors ();
7698 /* Nonzero if x_catch_errors has been done and not yet canceled. */
7701 x_catching_errors ()
7703 return x_error_message
!= 0;
7707 static unsigned int x_wire_count
;
7710 fprintf (stderr
, "Lib call: %d\n", ++x_wire_count
);
7715 /* Handle SIGPIPE, which can happen when the connection to a server
7716 simply goes away. SIGPIPE is handled by x_connection_signal.
7717 Don't need to do anything, because the write which caused the
7718 SIGPIPE will fail, causing Xlib to invoke the X IO error handler,
7719 which will do the appropriate cleanup for us. */
7722 x_connection_signal (signalnum
) /* If we don't have an argument, */
7723 int signalnum
; /* some compilers complain in signal calls. */
7726 /* USG systems forget handlers when they are used;
7727 must reestablish each time */
7728 signal (signalnum
, x_connection_signal
);
7733 /************************************************************************
7735 ************************************************************************/
7737 /* Error message passed to x_connection_closed. */
7739 static char *error_msg
;
7741 /* Function installed as fatal_error_signal_hook in
7742 x_connection_closed. Print the X error message, and exit normally,
7743 instead of dumping core when XtCloseDisplay fails. */
7746 x_fatal_error_signal ()
7748 fprintf (stderr
, "%s\n", error_msg
);
7752 /* Handle the loss of connection to display DPY. ERROR_MESSAGE is
7753 the text of an error message that lead to the connection loss. */
7756 x_connection_closed (dpy
, error_message
)
7758 char *error_message
;
7760 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
7761 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
7762 int index
= SPECPDL_INDEX ();
7764 error_msg
= (char *) alloca (strlen (error_message
) + 1);
7765 strcpy (error_msg
, error_message
);
7766 handling_signal
= 0;
7768 /* Prevent being called recursively because of an error condition
7769 below. Otherwise, we might end up with printing ``can't find per
7770 display information'' in the recursive call instead of printing
7771 the original message here. */
7772 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
7774 /* Inhibit redisplay while frames are being deleted. */
7775 specbind (Qinhibit_redisplay
, Qt
);
7779 /* Protect display from being closed when we delete the last
7781 dpyinfo
->reference_count
++;
7782 dpyinfo
->terminal
->reference_count
++;
7785 /* First delete frames whose mini-buffers are on frames
7786 that are on the dead display. */
7787 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
7789 Lisp_Object minibuf_frame
;
7791 = WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (XFRAME (frame
))));
7792 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
7793 && FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (minibuf_frame
))
7794 && ! EQ (frame
, minibuf_frame
)
7795 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (minibuf_frame
)) == dpyinfo
)
7796 delete_frame (frame
, Qnoelisp
);
7799 /* Now delete all remaining frames on the dead display.
7800 We are now sure none of these is used as the mini-buffer
7801 for another frame that we need to delete. */
7802 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
7803 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
7804 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (frame
)) == dpyinfo
)
7806 /* Set this to t so that delete_frame won't get confused
7807 trying to find a replacement. */
7808 FRAME_KBOARD (XFRAME (frame
))->Vdefault_minibuffer_frame
= Qt
;
7809 delete_frame (frame
, Qnoelisp
);
7812 /* We have to close the display to inform Xt that it doesn't
7813 exist anymore. If we don't, Xt will continue to wait for
7814 events from the display. As a consequence, a sequence of
7816 M-x make-frame-on-display RET :1 RET
7817 ...kill the new frame, so that we get an IO error...
7818 M-x make-frame-on-display RET :1 RET
7820 will indefinitely wait in Xt for events for display `:1', opened
7821 in the first call to make-frame-on-display.
7823 Closing the display is reported to lead to a bus error on
7824 OpenWindows in certain situations. I suspect that is a bug
7825 in OpenWindows. I don't know how to circumvent it here. */
7829 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
7830 /* If DPYINFO is null, this means we didn't open the display
7831 in the first place, so don't try to close it. */
7833 extern void (*fatal_error_signal_hook
) P_ ((void));
7834 fatal_error_signal_hook
= x_fatal_error_signal
;
7835 XtCloseDisplay (dpy
);
7836 fatal_error_signal_hook
= NULL
;
7841 /* Due to bugs in some Gtk+ versions, just exit here if this
7842 is the last display/terminal. */
7843 if (terminal_list
->next_terminal
== NULL
)
7845 fprintf (stderr
, "%s\n", error_msg
);
7846 shut_down_emacs (0, 0, Qnil
);
7849 xg_display_close (dpyinfo
->display
);
7852 /* Indicate that this display is dead. */
7853 dpyinfo
->display
= 0;
7855 dpyinfo
->reference_count
--;
7856 dpyinfo
->terminal
->reference_count
--;
7857 if (dpyinfo
->reference_count
!= 0)
7858 /* We have just closed all frames on this display. */
7863 XSETTERMINAL (tmp
, dpyinfo
->terminal
);
7864 Fdelete_terminal (tmp
, Qnoelisp
);
7868 x_uncatch_errors ();
7870 if (terminal_list
== 0)
7872 fprintf (stderr
, "%s\n", error_msg
);
7873 shut_down_emacs (0, 0, Qnil
);
7877 /* Ordinary stack unwind doesn't deal with these. */
7879 sigunblock (sigmask (SIGIO
));
7881 sigunblock (sigmask (SIGALRM
));
7882 TOTALLY_UNBLOCK_INPUT
;
7884 unbind_to (index
, Qnil
);
7885 clear_waiting_for_input ();
7886 /* Here, we absolutely have to use a non-local exit (e.g. signal, throw,
7887 longjmp), because returning from this function would get us back into
7888 Xlib's code which will directly call `exit'. */
7889 error ("%s", error_msg
);
7892 /* We specifically use it before defining it, so that gcc doesn't inline it,
7893 otherwise gdb doesn't know how to properly put a breakpoint on it. */
7894 static void x_error_quitter
P_ ((Display
*, XErrorEvent
*));
7896 /* This is the first-level handler for X protocol errors.
7897 It calls x_error_quitter or x_error_catcher. */
7900 x_error_handler (display
, error
)
7904 if (x_error_message
)
7905 x_error_catcher (display
, error
);
7907 x_error_quitter (display
, error
);
7911 /* This is the usual handler for X protocol errors.
7912 It kills all frames on the display that we got the error for.
7913 If that was the only one, it prints an error message and kills Emacs. */
7915 /* .gdbinit puts a breakpoint here, so make sure it is not inlined. */
7917 #if __GNUC__ >= 3 /* On GCC 3.0 we might get a warning. */
7918 #define NO_INLINE __attribute__((noinline))
7923 /* Some versions of GNU/Linux define noinline in their headers. */
7929 /* On older GCC versions, just putting x_error_quitter
7930 after x_error_handler prevents inlining into the former. */
7932 static void NO_INLINE
7933 x_error_quitter (display
, error
)
7937 char buf
[256], buf1
[356];
7939 /* Ignore BadName errors. They can happen because of fonts
7940 or colors that are not defined. */
7942 if (error
->error_code
== BadName
)
7945 /* Note that there is no real way portable across R3/R4 to get the
7946 original error handler. */
7948 XGetErrorText (display
, error
->error_code
, buf
, sizeof (buf
));
7949 sprintf (buf1
, "X protocol error: %s on protocol request %d",
7950 buf
, error
->request_code
);
7951 x_connection_closed (display
, buf1
);
7955 /* This is the handler for X IO errors, always.
7956 It kills all frames on the display that we lost touch with.
7957 If that was the only one, it prints an error message and kills Emacs. */
7960 x_io_error_quitter (display
)
7965 sprintf (buf
, "Connection lost to X server `%s'", DisplayString (display
));
7966 x_connection_closed (display
, buf
);
7970 /* Changing the font of the frame. */
7972 /* Give frame F the font FONT-OBJECT as its default font. The return
7973 value is FONT-OBJECT. FONTSET is an ID of the fontset for the
7974 frame. If it is negative, generate a new fontset from
7978 x_new_font (f
, font_object
, fontset
)
7980 Lisp_Object font_object
;
7983 struct font
*font
= XFONT_OBJECT (font_object
);
7986 fontset
= fontset_from_font (font_object
);
7987 FRAME_FONTSET (f
) = fontset
;
7988 if (FRAME_FONT (f
) == font
)
7989 /* This font is already set in frame F. There's nothing more to
7993 FRAME_FONT (f
) = font
;
7994 FRAME_BASELINE_OFFSET (f
) = font
->baseline_offset
;
7995 FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
) = font
->average_width
;
7996 FRAME_SPACE_WIDTH (f
) = font
->space_width
;
7997 FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
) = FONT_HEIGHT (font
);
7999 compute_fringe_widths (f
, 1);
8001 /* Compute the scroll bar width in character columns. */
8002 if (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) > 0)
8004 int wid
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
8005 FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
)
8006 = (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) + wid
-1) / wid
;
8010 int wid
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
8011 FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
) = (14 + wid
- 1) / wid
;
8014 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) != 0)
8016 /* Don't change the size of a tip frame; there's no point in
8017 doing it because it's done in Fx_show_tip, and it leads to
8018 problems because the tip frame has no widget. */
8019 if (NILP (tip_frame
) || XFRAME (tip_frame
) != f
)
8020 x_set_window_size (f
, 0, FRAME_COLS (f
), FRAME_LINES (f
));
8025 && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & (XIMPreeditPosition
| XIMStatusArea
)))
8028 xic_set_xfontset (f
, SDATA (fontset_ascii (fontset
)));
8037 /***********************************************************************
8039 ***********************************************************************/
8045 /* XIM destroy callback function, which is called whenever the
8046 connection to input method XIM dies. CLIENT_DATA contains a
8047 pointer to the x_display_info structure corresponding to XIM. */
8050 xim_destroy_callback (xim
, client_data
, call_data
)
8052 XPointer client_data
;
8055 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= (struct x_display_info
*) client_data
;
8056 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
8060 /* No need to call XDestroyIC.. */
8061 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
8063 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (frame
);
8064 if (FRAME_X_P (f
) && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == dpyinfo
)
8066 FRAME_XIC (f
) = NULL
;
8067 xic_free_xfontset (f
);
8071 /* No need to call XCloseIM. */
8072 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8073 XFree (dpyinfo
->xim_styles
);
8077 #endif /* HAVE_X11R6 */
8080 /* This isn't prototyped in OSF 5.0 or 5.1a. */
8081 extern char *XSetIMValues
P_ ((XIM
, ...));
8084 /* Open the connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO.
8085 RESOURCE_NAME is the resource name Emacs uses. */
8088 xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo
, resource_name
)
8089 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
8090 char *resource_name
;
8098 XCloseIM (dpyinfo
->xim
);
8099 xim
= XOpenIM (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
, resource_name
,
8106 XIMCallback destroy
;
8109 /* Get supported styles and XIM values. */
8110 XGetIMValues (xim
, XNQueryInputStyle
, &dpyinfo
->xim_styles
, NULL
);
8113 destroy
.callback
= xim_destroy_callback
;
8114 destroy
.client_data
= (XPointer
)dpyinfo
;
8115 XSetIMValues (xim
, XNDestroyCallback
, &destroy
, NULL
);
8121 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
8122 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8126 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
8128 /* XIM instantiate callback function, which is called whenever an XIM
8129 server is available. DISPLAY is the display of the XIM.
8130 CLIENT_DATA contains a pointer to an xim_inst_t structure created
8131 when the callback was registered. */
8134 xim_instantiate_callback (display
, client_data
, call_data
)
8136 XPointer client_data
;
8139 struct xim_inst_t
*xim_inst
= (struct xim_inst_t
*) client_data
;
8140 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= xim_inst
->dpyinfo
;
8142 /* We don't support multiple XIM connections. */
8146 xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo
, xim_inst
->resource_name
);
8148 /* Create XIC for the existing frames on the same display, as long
8149 as they have no XIC. */
8150 if (dpyinfo
->xim
&& dpyinfo
->reference_count
> 0)
8152 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
8155 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
8157 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (frame
);
8160 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == xim_inst
->dpyinfo
)
8161 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) == NULL
)
8163 create_frame_xic (f
);
8164 if (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMStatusArea
)
8165 xic_set_statusarea (f
);
8166 if (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMPreeditPosition
)
8168 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (f
->selected_window
);
8169 xic_set_preeditarea (w
, w
->cursor
.x
, w
->cursor
.y
);
8178 #endif /* HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8181 /* Open a connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO.
8182 RESOURCE_NAME is the resource name for Emacs. On X11R5, open the
8183 connection only at the first time. On X11R6, open the connection
8184 in the XIM instantiate callback function. */
8187 xim_initialize (dpyinfo
, resource_name
)
8188 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
8189 char *resource_name
;
8191 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8195 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
8196 struct xim_inst_t
*xim_inst
;
8199 xim_inst
= (struct xim_inst_t
*) xmalloc (sizeof (struct xim_inst_t
));
8200 dpyinfo
->xim_callback_data
= xim_inst
;
8201 xim_inst
->dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
;
8202 len
= strlen (resource_name
);
8203 xim_inst
->resource_name
= (char *) xmalloc (len
+ 1);
8204 bcopy (resource_name
, xim_inst
->resource_name
, len
+ 1);
8205 XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
,
8206 resource_name
, EMACS_CLASS
,
8207 xim_instantiate_callback
,
8208 /* This is XPointer in XFree86
8209 but (XPointer *) on Tru64, at
8210 least, hence the configure test. */
8211 (XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback_arg6
) xim_inst
);
8212 #else /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8213 xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo
, resource_name
);
8214 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8216 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
8220 /* Close the connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO. */
8223 xim_close_dpy (dpyinfo
)
8224 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
8229 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
8230 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
8231 XUnregisterIMInstantiateCallback (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
,
8233 xim_instantiate_callback
, NULL
);
8234 xfree (dpyinfo
->xim_callback_data
->resource_name
);
8235 xfree (dpyinfo
->xim_callback_data
);
8236 #endif /* HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8237 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
8238 XCloseIM (dpyinfo
->xim
);
8239 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8240 XFree (dpyinfo
->xim_styles
);
8242 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
8245 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8249 /* Calculate the absolute position in frame F
8250 from its current recorded position values and gravity. */
8253 x_calc_absolute_position (f
)
8256 int flags
= f
->size_hint_flags
;
8258 /* We have nothing to do if the current position
8259 is already for the top-left corner. */
8260 if (! ((flags
& XNegative
) || (flags
& YNegative
)))
8263 /* Treat negative positions as relative to the leftmost bottommost
8264 position that fits on the screen. */
8265 if (flags
& XNegative
)
8266 f
->left_pos
= x_display_pixel_width (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
))
8267 - FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) + f
->left_pos
;
8270 int height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
8272 #if defined USE_X_TOOLKIT && defined USE_MOTIF
8273 /* Something is fishy here. When using Motif, starting Emacs with
8274 `-g -0-0', the frame appears too low by a few pixels.
8276 This seems to be so because initially, while Emacs is starting,
8277 the column widget's height and the frame's pixel height are
8278 different. The column widget's height is the right one. In
8279 later invocations, when Emacs is up, the frame's pixel height
8282 It's not obvious where the initial small difference comes from.
8283 2000-12-01, gerd. */
8285 XtVaGetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->column_widget
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
8288 if (flags
& YNegative
)
8289 f
->top_pos
= x_display_pixel_height (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
))
8290 - height
+ f
->top_pos
;
8293 /* The left_pos and top_pos
8294 are now relative to the top and left screen edges,
8295 so the flags should correspond. */
8296 f
->size_hint_flags
&= ~ (XNegative
| YNegative
);
8299 /* CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1 when calling from Fset_frame_position,
8300 to really change the position, and 0 when calling from
8301 x_make_frame_visible (in that case, XOFF and YOFF are the current
8302 position values). It is -1 when calling from x_set_frame_parameters,
8303 which means, do adjust for borders but don't change the gravity. */
8306 x_set_offset (f
, xoff
, yoff
, change_gravity
)
8308 register int xoff
, yoff
;
8311 int modified_top
, modified_left
;
8313 if (change_gravity
> 0)
8315 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->left_before_move
= f
->left_pos
;
8316 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->top_before_move
= f
->top_pos
;
8320 f
->size_hint_flags
&= ~ (XNegative
| YNegative
);
8322 f
->size_hint_flags
|= XNegative
;
8324 f
->size_hint_flags
|= YNegative
;
8325 f
->win_gravity
= NorthWestGravity
;
8327 x_calc_absolute_position (f
);
8330 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 0);
8332 modified_left
= f
->left_pos
;
8333 modified_top
= f
->top_pos
;
8335 if (change_gravity
!= 0 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_A
)
8337 /* Some WMs (twm, wmaker at least) has an offset that is smaller
8338 than the WM decorations. So we use the calculated offset instead
8339 of the WM decoration sizes here (x/y_pixels_outer_diff). */
8340 modified_left
+= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
;
8341 modified_top
+= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
;
8344 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8345 modified_left
, modified_top
);
8347 x_sync_with_move (f
, f
->left_pos
, f
->top_pos
,
8348 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
8351 /* change_gravity is non-zero when this function is called from Lisp to
8352 programmatically move a frame. In that case, we call
8353 x_check_expected_move to discover if we have a "Type A" or "Type B"
8354 window manager, and, for a "Type A" window manager, adjust the position
8357 We call x_check_expected_move if a programmatic move occurred, and
8358 either the window manager type (A/B) is unknown or it is Type A but we
8359 need to compute the top/left offset adjustment for this frame. */
8361 if (change_gravity
!= 0 &&
8362 (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
8363 || (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_A
8364 && (FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
== 0
8365 && FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
== 0))))
8366 x_check_expected_move (f
, modified_left
, modified_top
);
8371 /* Return non-zero if _NET_SUPPORTING_WM_CHECK window exists and _NET_SUPPORTED
8372 on the root window for frame F contains ATOMNAME.
8373 This is how a WM check shall be done according to the Window Manager
8374 Specification/Extended Window Manager Hints at
8375 http://freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/wm-spec. */
8378 wm_supports (f
, atomname
)
8380 const char *atomname
;
8383 unsigned long actual_size
, bytes_remaining
;
8384 int i
, rc
, actual_format
;
8386 Window wmcheck_window
;
8387 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8388 Window target_window
= dpyinfo
->root_window
;
8389 long max_len
= 65536;
8390 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
8391 unsigned char *tmp_data
= NULL
;
8392 Atom target_type
= XA_WINDOW
;
8397 prop_atom
= XInternAtom (dpy
, "_NET_SUPPORTING_WM_CHECK", False
);
8399 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
8400 rc
= XGetWindowProperty (dpy
, target_window
,
8401 prop_atom
, 0, max_len
, False
, target_type
,
8402 &actual_type
, &actual_format
, &actual_size
,
8403 &bytes_remaining
, &tmp_data
);
8405 if (rc
!= Success
|| actual_type
!= XA_WINDOW
|| x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
8407 if (tmp_data
) XFree (tmp_data
);
8408 x_uncatch_errors ();
8413 wmcheck_window
= *(Window
*) tmp_data
;
8416 /* Check if window exists. */
8417 XSelectInput (dpy
, wmcheck_window
, StructureNotifyMask
);
8419 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
8421 x_uncatch_errors ();
8426 if (dpyinfo
->net_supported_window
!= wmcheck_window
)
8428 /* Window changed, reload atoms */
8429 if (dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
!= NULL
)
8430 XFree (dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
);
8431 dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
= NULL
;
8432 dpyinfo
->nr_net_supported_atoms
= 0;
8433 dpyinfo
->net_supported_window
= 0;
8435 target_type
= XA_ATOM
;
8436 prop_atom
= XInternAtom (dpy
, "_NET_SUPPORTED", False
);
8438 rc
= XGetWindowProperty (dpy
, target_window
,
8439 prop_atom
, 0, max_len
, False
, target_type
,
8440 &actual_type
, &actual_format
, &actual_size
,
8441 &bytes_remaining
, &tmp_data
);
8443 if (rc
!= Success
|| actual_type
!= XA_ATOM
|| x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
8445 if (tmp_data
) XFree (tmp_data
);
8446 x_uncatch_errors ();
8451 dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
= (Atom
*)tmp_data
;
8452 dpyinfo
->nr_net_supported_atoms
= actual_size
;
8453 dpyinfo
->net_supported_window
= wmcheck_window
;
8457 want_atom
= XInternAtom (dpy
, atomname
, False
);
8459 for (i
= 0; rc
== 0 && i
< dpyinfo
->nr_net_supported_atoms
; ++i
)
8460 rc
= dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
[i
] == want_atom
;
8462 x_uncatch_errors ();
8469 set_wm_state (frame
, add
, what
, what2
)
8475 const char *atom
= "_NET_WM_STATE";
8476 Fx_send_client_event (frame
, make_number (0), frame
,
8477 make_unibyte_string (atom
, strlen (atom
)),
8479 /* 1 = add, 0 = remove */
8481 (make_number (add
? 1 : 0),
8483 (make_unibyte_string (what
, strlen (what
)),
8485 ? Fcons (make_unibyte_string (what2
, strlen (what2
)),
8491 x_set_sticky (f
, new_value
, old_value
)
8493 Lisp_Object new_value
, old_value
;
8497 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
8498 set_wm_state (frame
, NILP (new_value
) ? 0 : 1,
8499 "_NET_WM_STATE_STICKY", NULL
);
8502 /* Do fullscreen as specified in extended window manager hints */
8505 do_ewmh_fullscreen (f
)
8508 int have_net_atom
= wm_supports (f
, "_NET_WM_STATE");
8510 /* Some window managers don't say they support _NET_WM_STATE, but they do say
8511 they support _NET_WM_STATE_FULLSCREEN. Try that also. */
8513 have_net_atom
= wm_supports (f
, "_NET_WM_STATE_FULLSCREEN");
8518 const char *fs
= "_NET_WM_STATE_FULLSCREEN";
8519 const char *fw
= "_NET_WM_STATE_MAXIMIZED_HORZ";
8520 const char *fh
= "_NET_WM_STATE_MAXIMIZED_VERT";
8522 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
8524 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, fs
, NULL
);
8525 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, fh
, NULL
);
8526 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, fw
, NULL
);
8528 /* If there are _NET_ atoms we assume we have extended window manager
8530 switch (f
->want_fullscreen
)
8532 case FULLSCREEN_BOTH
:
8533 set_wm_state (frame
, 1, fs
, NULL
);
8535 case FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
:
8536 set_wm_state (frame
, 1, fw
, NULL
);
8538 case FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
:
8539 set_wm_state (frame
, 1, fh
, NULL
);
8541 case FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
:
8542 set_wm_state (frame
, 1, fw
, fh
);
8546 f
->want_fullscreen
= FULLSCREEN_NONE
;
8550 return have_net_atom
;
8554 XTfullscreen_hook (f
)
8557 if (f
->async_visible
)
8560 x_check_fullscreen (f
);
8568 x_handle_net_wm_state (f
, event
)
8570 XPropertyEvent
*event
;
8573 unsigned long actual_size
, bytes_remaining
;
8574 int i
, rc
, actual_format
, value
= FULLSCREEN_NONE
;
8575 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8576 long max_len
= 65536;
8577 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
8578 unsigned char *tmp_data
= NULL
;
8579 Atom target_type
= XA_ATOM
;
8584 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
8585 rc
= XGetWindowProperty (dpy
, event
->window
,
8586 event
->atom
, 0, max_len
, False
, target_type
,
8587 &actual_type
, &actual_format
, &actual_size
,
8588 &bytes_remaining
, &tmp_data
);
8590 if (rc
!= Success
|| actual_type
!= target_type
|| x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
8592 if (tmp_data
) XFree (tmp_data
);
8593 x_uncatch_errors ();
8598 x_uncatch_errors ();
8600 for (i
= 0; i
< actual_size
; ++i
)
8602 Atom a
= ((Atom
*)tmp_data
)[i
];
8603 if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
)
8605 if (value
== FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
)
8606 value
= FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
;
8608 value
= FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
;
8610 else if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
)
8612 if (value
== FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
)
8613 value
= FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
;
8615 value
= FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
;
8617 else if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen_atom
)
8618 value
= FULLSCREEN_BOTH
;
8619 else if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_sticky
)
8626 case FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
:
8629 case FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
:
8632 case FULLSCREEN_BOTH
:
8635 case FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
:
8640 store_frame_param (f
, Qfullscreen
, lval
);
8641 store_frame_param (f
, Qsticky
, sticky
? Qt
: Qnil
);
8643 if (tmp_data
) XFree (tmp_data
);
8647 /* Check if we need to resize the frame due to a fullscreen request.
8648 If so needed, resize the frame. */
8650 x_check_fullscreen (f
)
8653 if (do_ewmh_fullscreen (f
))
8656 if (f
->output_data
.x
->parent_desc
!= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
)
8657 return; /* Only fullscreen without WM or with EWM hints (above). */
8659 if (f
->want_fullscreen
!= FULLSCREEN_NONE
)
8661 int width
= FRAME_COLS (f
), height
= FRAME_LINES (f
);
8662 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8664 switch (f
->want_fullscreen
)
8666 /* No difference between these two when there is no WM */
8667 case FULLSCREEN_BOTH
:
8668 case FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
:
8669 width
= x_display_pixel_width (dpyinfo
);
8670 height
= x_display_pixel_height (dpyinfo
);
8672 case FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
:
8673 width
= x_display_pixel_width (dpyinfo
);
8675 case FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
:
8676 height
= x_display_pixel_height (dpyinfo
);
8679 if (FRAME_COLS (f
) != width
|| FRAME_LINES (f
) != height
)
8681 change_frame_size (f
, height
, width
, 0, 1, 0);
8682 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
8683 cancel_mouse_face (f
);
8688 /* This function is called by x_set_offset to determine whether the window
8689 manager interfered with the positioning of the frame. Type A window
8690 managers position the surrounding window manager decorations a small
8691 amount above and left of the user-supplied position. Type B window
8692 managers position the surrounding window manager decorations at the
8693 user-specified position. If we detect a Type A window manager, we
8694 compensate by moving the window right and down by the proper amount. */
8697 x_check_expected_move (f
, expected_left
, expected_top
)
8702 int current_left
= 0, current_top
= 0;
8704 /* x_real_positions returns the left and top offsets of the outermost
8705 window manager window around the frame. */
8707 x_real_positions (f
, ¤t_left
, ¤t_top
);
8709 if (current_left
!= expected_left
|| current_top
!= expected_top
)
8711 /* It's a "Type A" window manager. */
8716 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_A
;
8717 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
= expected_left
- current_left
;
8718 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
= expected_top
- current_top
;
8720 /* Now fix the mispositioned frame's location. */
8722 adjusted_left
= expected_left
+ FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
;
8723 adjusted_top
= expected_top
+ FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
;
8725 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8726 adjusted_left
, adjusted_top
);
8728 x_sync_with_move (f
, expected_left
, expected_top
, 0);
8731 /* It's a "Type B" window manager. We don't have to adjust the
8732 frame's position. */
8734 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_B
;
8738 /* Wait for XGetGeometry to return up-to-date position information for a
8739 recently-moved frame. Call this immediately after calling XMoveWindow.
8740 If FUZZY is non-zero, then LEFT and TOP are just estimates of where the
8741 frame has been moved to, so we use a fuzzy position comparison instead
8742 of an exact comparison. */
8745 x_sync_with_move (f
, left
, top
, fuzzy
)
8747 int left
, top
, fuzzy
;
8751 while (count
++ < 50)
8753 int current_left
= 0, current_top
= 0;
8755 /* In theory, this call to XSync only needs to happen once, but in
8756 practice, it doesn't seem to work, hence the need for the surrounding
8759 XSync (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), False
);
8760 x_real_positions (f
, ¤t_left
, ¤t_top
);
8764 /* The left fuzz-factor is 10 pixels. The top fuzz-factor is 40
8767 if (eabs (current_left
- left
) <= 10
8768 && eabs (current_top
- top
) <= 40)
8771 else if (current_left
== left
&& current_top
== top
)
8775 /* As a last resort, just wait 0.5 seconds and hope that XGetGeometry
8776 will then return up-to-date position info. */
8778 wait_reading_process_output (0, 500000, 0, 0, Qnil
, NULL
, 0);
8782 /* Change the size of frame F's X window to COLS/ROWS in the case F
8783 doesn't have a widget. If CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1, we change to
8784 top-left-corner window gravity for this size change and subsequent
8785 size changes. Otherwise we leave the window gravity unchanged. */
8788 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
)
8793 int pixelwidth
, pixelheight
;
8795 check_frame_size (f
, &rows
, &cols
);
8796 f
->scroll_bar_actual_width
8797 = (!FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f
)
8799 : FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) > 0
8800 ? FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
)
8801 : (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
)));
8803 compute_fringe_widths (f
, 0);
8805 pixelwidth
= FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, cols
);
8806 pixelheight
= FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, rows
);
8808 f
->win_gravity
= NorthWestGravity
;
8809 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 0);
8811 XSync (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), False
);
8812 XResizeWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
8813 pixelwidth
, pixelheight
);
8815 /* Now, strictly speaking, we can't be sure that this is accurate,
8816 but the window manager will get around to dealing with the size
8817 change request eventually, and we'll hear how it went when the
8818 ConfigureNotify event gets here.
8820 We could just not bother storing any of this information here,
8821 and let the ConfigureNotify event set everything up, but that
8822 might be kind of confusing to the Lisp code, since size changes
8823 wouldn't be reported in the frame parameters until some random
8824 point in the future when the ConfigureNotify event arrives.
8826 We pass 1 for DELAY since we can't run Lisp code inside of
8828 change_frame_size (f
, rows
, cols
, 0, 1, 0);
8829 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) = pixelwidth
;
8830 FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
) = pixelheight
;
8832 /* We've set {FRAME,PIXEL}_{WIDTH,HEIGHT} to the values we hope to
8833 receive in the ConfigureNotify event; if we get what we asked
8834 for, then the event won't cause the screen to become garbaged, so
8835 we have to make sure to do it here. */
8836 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
8838 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8842 /* Call this to change the size of frame F's x-window.
8843 If CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1, we change to top-left-corner window gravity
8844 for this size change and subsequent size changes.
8845 Otherwise we leave the window gravity unchanged. */
8848 x_set_window_size (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
)
8856 if (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
))
8857 xg_frame_set_char_size (f
, cols
, rows
);
8859 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
);
8862 if (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
!= NULL
)
8864 /* The x and y position of the widget is clobbered by the
8865 call to XtSetValues within EmacsFrameSetCharSize.
8866 This is a real kludge, but I don't understand Xt so I can't
8867 figure out a correct fix. Can anyone else tell me? -- rms. */
8868 int xpos
= f
->output_data
.x
->widget
->core
.x
;
8869 int ypos
= f
->output_data
.x
->widget
->core
.y
;
8870 EmacsFrameSetCharSize (f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
, cols
, rows
);
8871 f
->output_data
.x
->widget
->core
.x
= xpos
;
8872 f
->output_data
.x
->widget
->core
.y
= ypos
;
8875 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
);
8877 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
8879 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
);
8881 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
8883 /* If cursor was outside the new size, mark it as off. */
8884 mark_window_cursors_off (XWINDOW (f
->root_window
));
8886 /* Clear out any recollection of where the mouse highlighting was,
8887 since it might be in a place that's outside the new frame size.
8888 Actually checking whether it is outside is a pain in the neck,
8889 so don't try--just let the highlighting be done afresh with new size. */
8890 cancel_mouse_face (f
);
8895 /* Mouse warping. */
8898 x_set_mouse_position (f
, x
, y
)
8904 pix_x
= FRAME_COL_TO_PIXEL_X (f
, x
) + FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
) / 2;
8905 pix_y
= FRAME_LINE_TO_PIXEL_Y (f
, y
) + FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
) / 2;
8907 if (pix_x
< 0) pix_x
= 0;
8908 if (pix_x
> FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)) pix_x
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
8910 if (pix_y
< 0) pix_y
= 0;
8911 if (pix_y
> FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
)) pix_y
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
8915 XWarpPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), None
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
8916 0, 0, 0, 0, pix_x
, pix_y
);
8920 /* Move the mouse to position pixel PIX_X, PIX_Y relative to frame F. */
8923 x_set_mouse_pixel_position (f
, pix_x
, pix_y
)
8929 XWarpPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), None
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
8930 0, 0, 0, 0, pix_x
, pix_y
);
8934 /* focus shifting, raising and lowering. */
8937 x_focus_on_frame (f
)
8941 /* I don't think that the ICCCM allows programs to do things like this
8942 without the interaction of the window manager. Whatever you end up
8943 doing with this code, do it to x_unfocus_frame too. */
8944 XSetInputFocus (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
8945 RevertToPointerRoot
, CurrentTime
);
8954 /* Look at the remarks in x_focus_on_frame. */
8955 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_focus_frame
== f
)
8956 XSetInputFocus (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), PointerRoot
,
8957 RevertToPointerRoot
, CurrentTime
);
8961 /* Raise frame F. */
8968 if (f
->async_visible
)
8969 XRaiseWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
));
8971 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8975 /* Lower frame F. */
8981 if (f
->async_visible
)
8984 XLowerWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
));
8985 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8990 /* Activate frame with Extended Window Manager Hints */
8993 x_ewmh_activate_frame (f
)
8996 /* See Window Manager Specification/Extended Window Manager Hints at
8997 http://freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/wm-spec */
8999 const char *atom
= "_NET_ACTIVE_WINDOW";
9000 if (f
->async_visible
&& wm_supports (f
, atom
))
9003 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
9004 Fx_send_client_event (frame
, make_number (0), frame
,
9005 make_unibyte_string (atom
, strlen (atom
)),
9007 Fcons (make_number (1),
9008 Fcons (make_number (last_user_time
),
9014 XTframe_raise_lower (f
, raise_flag
)
9024 /* XEmbed implementation. */
9027 xembed_set_info (f
, flags
)
9029 enum xembed_info flags
;
9032 unsigned long data
[2];
9034 atom
= XInternAtom (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), "_XEMBED_INFO", False
);
9036 data
[0] = XEMBED_VERSION
;
9039 XChangeProperty (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
), atom
, atom
,
9040 32, PropModeReplace
, (unsigned char *) data
, 2);
9044 xembed_send_message (f
, time
, message
, detail
, data1
, data2
)
9047 enum xembed_message message
;
9054 event
.xclient
.type
= ClientMessage
;
9055 event
.xclient
.window
= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->parent_desc
;
9056 event
.xclient
.message_type
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_XEMBED
;
9057 event
.xclient
.format
= 32;
9058 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0] = time
;
9059 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1] = message
;
9060 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[2] = detail
;
9061 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[3] = data1
;
9062 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[4] = data2
;
9064 XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->parent_desc
,
9065 False
, NoEventMask
, &event
);
9066 XSync (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), False
);
9069 /* Change of visibility. */
9071 /* This tries to wait until the frame is really visible.
9072 However, if the window manager asks the user where to position
9073 the frame, this will return before the user finishes doing that.
9074 The frame will not actually be visible at that time,
9075 but it will become visible later when the window manager
9076 finishes with it. */
9079 x_make_frame_visible (f
)
9083 int original_top
, original_left
;
9084 int retry_count
= 2;
9090 type
= x_icon_type (f
);
9092 x_bitmap_icon (f
, type
);
9094 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
9096 /* We test FRAME_GARBAGED_P here to make sure we don't
9097 call x_set_offset a second time
9098 if we get to x_make_frame_visible a second time
9099 before the window gets really visible. */
9100 if (! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
9101 && ! FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
)
9102 && ! f
->output_data
.x
->asked_for_visible
)
9103 x_set_offset (f
, f
->left_pos
, f
->top_pos
, 0);
9105 f
->output_data
.x
->asked_for_visible
= 1;
9107 if (! EQ (Vx_no_window_manager
, Qt
))
9108 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, NormalState
);
9109 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9110 if (FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
9111 xembed_set_info (f
, XEMBED_MAPPED
);
9114 /* This was XtPopup, but that did nothing for an iconified frame. */
9115 XtMapWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
9117 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9119 gtk_widget_show_all (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
9120 gtk_window_deiconify (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)));
9122 if (FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
9123 xembed_set_info (f
, XEMBED_MAPPED
);
9125 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9126 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
9127 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9130 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9132 /* Synchronize to ensure Emacs knows the frame is visible
9133 before we do anything else. We do this loop with input not blocked
9134 so that incoming events are handled. */
9138 /* This must be before UNBLOCK_INPUT
9139 since events that arrive in response to the actions above
9140 will set it when they are handled. */
9141 int previously_visible
= f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
;
9143 original_left
= f
->left_pos
;
9144 original_top
= f
->top_pos
;
9146 /* This must come after we set COUNT. */
9149 /* We unblock here so that arriving X events are processed. */
9151 /* Now move the window back to where it was "supposed to be".
9152 But don't do it if the gravity is negative.
9153 When the gravity is negative, this uses a position
9154 that is 3 pixels too low. Perhaps that's really the border width.
9156 Don't do this if the window has never been visible before,
9157 because the window manager may choose the position
9158 and we don't want to override it. */
9160 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
)
9161 && ! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
9162 && ! FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
)
9163 && f
->win_gravity
== NorthWestGravity
9164 && previously_visible
)
9168 unsigned int width
, height
, border
, depth
;
9172 /* On some window managers (such as FVWM) moving an existing
9173 window, even to the same place, causes the window manager
9174 to introduce an offset. This can cause the window to move
9175 to an unexpected location. Check the geometry (a little
9176 slow here) and then verify that the window is in the right
9177 place. If the window is not in the right place, move it
9178 there, and take the potential window manager hit. */
9179 XGetGeometry (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
9180 &rootw
, &x
, &y
, &width
, &height
, &border
, &depth
);
9182 if (original_left
!= x
|| original_top
!= y
)
9183 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
9184 original_left
, original_top
);
9189 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
9191 /* Wait until the frame is visible. Process X events until a
9192 MapNotify event has been seen, or until we think we won't get a
9193 MapNotify at all.. */
9194 for (count
= input_signal_count
+ 10;
9195 input_signal_count
< count
&& !FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
);)
9197 /* Force processing of queued events. */
9200 /* Machines that do polling rather than SIGIO have been
9201 observed to go into a busy-wait here. So we'll fake an
9202 alarm signal to let the handler know that there's something
9203 to be read. We used to raise a real alarm, but it seems
9204 that the handler isn't always enabled here. This is
9206 if (input_polling_used ())
9208 /* It could be confusing if a real alarm arrives while
9209 processing the fake one. Turn it off and let the
9210 handler reset it. */
9211 extern void poll_for_input_1
P_ ((void));
9212 int old_poll_suppress_count
= poll_suppress_count
;
9213 poll_suppress_count
= 1;
9214 poll_for_input_1 ();
9215 poll_suppress_count
= old_poll_suppress_count
;
9218 /* See if a MapNotify event has been processed. */
9219 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f
);
9224 (let ((f (selected-frame)))
9228 the frame is not raised with various window managers on
9229 FreeBSD, GNU/Linux and Solaris. It turns out that, for some
9230 unknown reason, the call to XtMapWidget is completely ignored.
9231 Mapping the widget a second time works. */
9233 if (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) && --retry_count
> 0)
9238 /* Change from mapped state to withdrawn state. */
9240 /* Make the frame visible (mapped and not iconified). */
9243 x_make_frame_invisible (f
)
9248 /* Use the frame's outermost window, not the one we normally draw on. */
9249 window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9251 /* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame. */
9252 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
== f
)
9253 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
9257 /* Before unmapping the window, update the WM_SIZE_HINTS property to claim
9258 that the current position of the window is user-specified, rather than
9259 program-specified, so that when the window is mapped again, it will be
9260 placed at the same location, without forcing the user to position it
9261 by hand again (they have already done that once for this window.) */
9262 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 1);
9265 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
))
9266 gtk_widget_hide (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
9269 if (FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
9270 xembed_set_info (f
, 0);
9275 if (! XWithdrawWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
,
9276 DefaultScreen (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
))))
9278 UNBLOCK_INPUT_RESIGNAL
;
9279 error ("Can't notify window manager of window withdrawal");
9283 /* We can't distinguish this from iconification
9284 just by the event that we get from the server.
9285 So we can't win using the usual strategy of letting
9286 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY set this. So do it by hand,
9287 and synchronize with the server to make sure we agree. */
9289 FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
) = 0;
9290 f
->async_visible
= 0;
9291 f
->async_iconified
= 0;
9298 /* Change window state from mapped to iconified. */
9307 /* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame. */
9308 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
== f
)
9309 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
9311 if (f
->async_iconified
)
9316 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f
);
9318 type
= x_icon_type (f
);
9320 x_bitmap_icon (f
, type
);
9323 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
))
9325 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
9326 gtk_widget_show_all (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
9328 gtk_window_iconify (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)));
9331 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
9332 f
->async_visible
= 0;
9338 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9340 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
9342 if (! EQ (Vx_no_window_manager
, Qt
))
9343 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, IconicState
);
9344 /* This was XtPopup, but that did nothing for an iconified frame. */
9345 XtMapWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
9346 /* The server won't give us any event to indicate
9347 that an invisible frame was changed to an icon,
9348 so we have to record it here. */
9351 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
9352 f
->async_visible
= 0;
9357 result
= XIconifyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
9358 XtWindow (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
),
9359 DefaultScreen (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)));
9363 error ("Can't notify window manager of iconification");
9365 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
9366 f
->async_visible
= 0;
9370 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9372 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9374 /* Make sure the X server knows where the window should be positioned,
9375 in case the user deiconifies with the window manager. */
9376 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
)
9377 && ! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
9378 && ! FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
9379 x_set_offset (f
, f
->left_pos
, f
->top_pos
, 0);
9381 /* Since we don't know which revision of X we're running, we'll use both
9382 the X11R3 and X11R4 techniques. I don't know if this is a good idea. */
9384 /* X11R4: send a ClientMessage to the window manager using the
9385 WM_CHANGE_STATE type. */
9389 message
.xclient
.window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
9390 message
.xclient
.type
= ClientMessage
;
9391 message
.xclient
.message_type
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_wm_change_state
;
9392 message
.xclient
.format
= 32;
9393 message
.xclient
.data
.l
[0] = IconicState
;
9395 if (! XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
9396 DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)),
9398 SubstructureRedirectMask
| SubstructureNotifyMask
,
9401 UNBLOCK_INPUT_RESIGNAL
;
9402 error ("Can't notify window manager of iconification");
9406 /* X11R3: set the initial_state field of the window manager hints to
9408 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, IconicState
);
9410 if (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
9412 /* If the frame was withdrawn, before, we must map it. */
9413 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9416 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
9417 f
->async_visible
= 0;
9419 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9421 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9425 /* Free X resources of frame F. */
9428 x_free_frame_resources (f
)
9431 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9433 struct scroll_bar
*b
;
9437 /* If a display connection is dead, don't try sending more
9438 commands to the X server. */
9439 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
9441 /* We must free faces before destroying windows because some
9442 font-driver (e.g. xft) access a window while finishing a
9444 if (FRAME_FACE_CACHE (f
))
9445 free_frame_faces (f
);
9447 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_desc
)
9448 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->icon_desc
);
9450 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9451 /* Explicitly destroy the scroll bars of the frame. Without
9452 this, we get "BadDrawable" errors from the toolkit later on,
9453 presumably from expose events generated for the disappearing
9454 toolkit scroll bars. */
9455 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
); !NILP (bar
); bar
= b
->next
)
9457 b
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
9458 x_scroll_bar_remove (b
);
9467 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9468 if (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
)
9470 XtDestroyWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
9471 f
->output_data
.x
->widget
= NULL
;
9473 /* Tooltips don't have widgets, only a simple X window, even if
9474 we are using a toolkit. */
9475 else if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
))
9476 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9478 free_frame_menubar (f
);
9479 #else /* !USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9482 /* In the GTK version, tooltips are normal X
9483 frames. We must check and free both types. */
9484 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
))
9486 gtk_widget_destroy (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
9487 FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) = 0; /* Set to avoid XDestroyWindow below */
9488 FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
) = 0;
9490 #endif /* USE_GTK */
9492 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
))
9493 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9494 #endif /* !USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9496 unload_color (f
, FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
9497 unload_color (f
, FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
9498 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
);
9499 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_foreground_pixel
);
9500 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->border_pixel
);
9501 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->mouse_pixel
);
9503 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
!= -1)
9504 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
);
9505 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
9506 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
9507 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
9508 /* Scrollbar shadow colors. */
9509 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
!= -1)
9510 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
);
9511 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
!= -1)
9512 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
);
9513 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
9514 if (f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.allocated_p
)
9515 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.pixel
);
9516 if (f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.allocated_p
)
9517 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.pixel
);
9520 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9523 xfree (f
->output_data
.x
->saved_menu_event
);
9524 xfree (f
->output_data
.x
);
9525 f
->output_data
.x
= NULL
;
9527 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
9528 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= 0;
9529 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
)
9530 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
9531 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
)
9532 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
9534 if (f
== dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
9536 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
9537 = dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
9538 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
9539 = dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
9540 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
9541 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
= 0;
9542 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= 0;
9549 /* Destroy the X window of frame F. */
9552 x_destroy_window (f
)
9555 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9557 /* If a display connection is dead, don't try sending more
9558 commands to the X server. */
9559 if (dpyinfo
->display
!= 0)
9560 x_free_frame_resources (f
);
9562 dpyinfo
->reference_count
--;
9566 /* Setting window manager hints. */
9568 /* Set the normal size hints for the window manager, for frame F.
9569 FLAGS is the flags word to use--or 0 meaning preserve the flags
9570 that the window now has.
9571 If USER_POSITION is nonzero, we set the USPosition
9572 flag (this is useful when FLAGS is 0).
9573 The GTK version is in gtkutils.c */
9577 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, flags
, user_position
)
9582 XSizeHints size_hints
;
9584 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9587 Dimension widget_width
, widget_height
;
9590 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9592 /* Setting PMaxSize caused various problems. */
9593 size_hints
.flags
= PResizeInc
| PMinSize
/* | PMaxSize */;
9595 size_hints
.x
= f
->left_pos
;
9596 size_hints
.y
= f
->top_pos
;
9598 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9599 XtSetArg (al
[ac
], XtNwidth
, &widget_width
); ac
++;
9600 XtSetArg (al
[ac
], XtNheight
, &widget_height
); ac
++;
9601 XtGetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, ac
);
9602 size_hints
.height
= widget_height
;
9603 size_hints
.width
= widget_width
;
9604 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9605 size_hints
.height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
9606 size_hints
.width
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
9607 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9609 size_hints
.width_inc
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
9610 size_hints
.height_inc
= FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
9611 size_hints
.max_width
= x_display_pixel_width (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
))
9612 - FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, 0);
9613 size_hints
.max_height
= x_display_pixel_height (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
))
9614 - FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, 0);
9616 /* Calculate the base and minimum sizes.
9618 (When we use the X toolkit, we don't do it here.
9619 Instead we copy the values that the widgets are using, below.) */
9620 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9622 int base_width
, base_height
;
9623 int min_rows
= 0, min_cols
= 0;
9625 base_width
= FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, 0);
9626 base_height
= FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, 0);
9628 check_frame_size (f
, &min_rows
, &min_cols
);
9630 /* The window manager uses the base width hints to calculate the
9631 current number of rows and columns in the frame while
9632 resizing; min_width and min_height aren't useful for this
9633 purpose, since they might not give the dimensions for a
9634 zero-row, zero-column frame.
9636 We use the base_width and base_height members if we have
9637 them; otherwise, we set the min_width and min_height members
9638 to the size for a zero x zero frame. */
9640 size_hints
.flags
|= PBaseSize
;
9641 size_hints
.base_width
= base_width
;
9642 size_hints
.base_height
= base_height
;
9643 size_hints
.min_width
= base_width
+ min_cols
* size_hints
.width_inc
;
9644 size_hints
.min_height
= base_height
+ min_rows
* size_hints
.height_inc
;
9647 /* If we don't need the old flags, we don't need the old hint at all. */
9650 size_hints
.flags
|= flags
;
9653 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9656 XSizeHints hints
; /* Sometimes I hate X Windows... */
9657 long supplied_return
;
9660 value
= XGetWMNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &hints
,
9663 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9664 size_hints
.base_height
= hints
.base_height
;
9665 size_hints
.base_width
= hints
.base_width
;
9666 size_hints
.min_height
= hints
.min_height
;
9667 size_hints
.min_width
= hints
.min_width
;
9671 size_hints
.flags
|= flags
;
9676 if (hints
.flags
& PSize
)
9677 size_hints
.flags
|= PSize
;
9678 if (hints
.flags
& PPosition
)
9679 size_hints
.flags
|= PPosition
;
9680 if (hints
.flags
& USPosition
)
9681 size_hints
.flags
|= USPosition
;
9682 if (hints
.flags
& USSize
)
9683 size_hints
.flags
|= USSize
;
9687 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9692 size_hints
.win_gravity
= f
->win_gravity
;
9693 size_hints
.flags
|= PWinGravity
;
9697 size_hints
.flags
&= ~ PPosition
;
9698 size_hints
.flags
|= USPosition
;
9700 #endif /* PWinGravity */
9702 XSetWMNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &size_hints
);
9704 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
9706 /* Used for IconicState or NormalState */
9709 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, state
)
9713 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9716 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNinitialState
, state
);
9717 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
9718 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9719 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
9721 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= StateHint
;
9722 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.initial_state
= state
;
9724 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
9725 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9729 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f
, pixmap_id
)
9733 Pixmap icon_pixmap
, icon_mask
;
9735 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9736 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9741 icon_pixmap
= x_bitmap_pixmap (f
, pixmap_id
);
9742 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_pixmap
= icon_pixmap
;
9743 icon_mask
= x_bitmap_mask (f
, pixmap_id
);
9744 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_mask
= icon_mask
;
9748 /* It seems there is no way to turn off use of an icon
9756 xg_set_frame_icon (f
, icon_pixmap
, icon_mask
);
9760 #elif defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) /* same as in x_wm_set_window_state. */
9764 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNiconPixmap
, icon_pixmap
);
9765 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
9766 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNiconMask
, icon_mask
);
9767 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
9770 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT && not USE_GTK */
9772 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= (IconPixmapHint
| IconMaskHint
);
9773 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
9775 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT && not USE_GTK */
9779 x_wm_set_icon_position (f
, icon_x
, icon_y
)
9783 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9785 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= IconPositionHint
;
9786 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_x
= icon_x
;
9787 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_y
= icon_y
;
9789 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
9793 /***********************************************************************
9795 ***********************************************************************/
9799 /* Check that FONT is valid on frame F. It is if it can be found in F's
9803 x_check_font (f
, font
)
9809 xassert (font
!= NULL
&& ! NILP (font
->props
[FONT_TYPE_INDEX
]));
9810 if (font
->driver
->check
)
9811 xassert (font
->driver
->check (f
, font
) == 0);
9814 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG != 0 */
9817 /***********************************************************************
9819 ***********************************************************************/
9821 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9822 static XrmOptionDescRec emacs_options
[] = {
9823 {"-geometry", ".geometry", XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
9824 {"-iconic", ".iconic", XrmoptionNoArg
, (XtPointer
) "yes"},
9826 {"-internal-border-width", "*EmacsScreen.internalBorderWidth",
9827 XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
9828 {"-ib", "*EmacsScreen.internalBorderWidth", XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
9830 {"-T", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9831 {"-wn", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9832 {"-title", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9833 {"-iconname", "*EmacsShell.iconName", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9834 {"-in", "*EmacsShell.iconName", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9835 {"-mc", "*pointerColor", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9836 {"-cr", "*cursorColor", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
}
9839 /* Whether atimer for Xt timeouts is activated or not. */
9841 static int x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
;
9843 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9845 static int x_initialized
;
9848 static int x_session_initialized
;
9851 /* Test whether two display-name strings agree up to the dot that separates
9852 the screen number from the server number. */
9854 same_x_server (name1
, name2
)
9855 const char *name1
, *name2
;
9858 const unsigned char *system_name
= SDATA (Vsystem_name
);
9859 int system_name_length
= strlen (system_name
);
9860 int length_until_period
= 0;
9862 while (system_name
[length_until_period
] != 0
9863 && system_name
[length_until_period
] != '.')
9864 length_until_period
++;
9866 /* Treat `unix' like an empty host name. */
9867 if (! strncmp (name1
, "unix:", 5))
9869 if (! strncmp (name2
, "unix:", 5))
9871 /* Treat this host's name like an empty host name. */
9872 if (! strncmp (name1
, system_name
, system_name_length
)
9873 && name1
[system_name_length
] == ':')
9874 name1
+= system_name_length
;
9875 if (! strncmp (name2
, system_name
, system_name_length
)
9876 && name2
[system_name_length
] == ':')
9877 name2
+= system_name_length
;
9878 /* Treat this host's domainless name like an empty host name. */
9879 if (! strncmp (name1
, system_name
, length_until_period
)
9880 && name1
[length_until_period
] == ':')
9881 name1
+= length_until_period
;
9882 if (! strncmp (name2
, system_name
, length_until_period
)
9883 && name2
[length_until_period
] == ':')
9884 name2
+= length_until_period
;
9886 for (; *name1
!= '\0' && *name1
== *name2
; name1
++, name2
++)
9890 if (seen_colon
&& *name1
== '.')
9894 && (*name1
== '.' || *name1
== '\0')
9895 && (*name2
== '.' || *name2
== '\0'));
9898 /* Count number of set bits in mask and number of bits to shift to
9899 get to the first bit. With MASK 0x7e0, *BITS is set to 6, and *OFFSET
9902 get_bits_and_offset (mask
, bits
, offset
)
9926 /* Return 1 if display DISPLAY is available for use, 0 otherwise.
9927 But don't permanently open it, just test its availability. */
9930 x_display_ok (display
)
9931 const char *display
;
9936 dpy
= XOpenDisplay (display
);
9938 XCloseDisplay (dpy
);
9944 /* Open a connection to X display DISPLAY_NAME, and return
9945 the structure that describes the open display.
9946 If we cannot contact the display, return null. */
9948 struct x_display_info
*
9949 x_term_init (display_name
, xrm_option
, resource_name
)
9950 Lisp_Object display_name
;
9952 char *resource_name
;
9956 struct terminal
*terminal
;
9957 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
9968 if (! x_display_ok (SDATA (display_name
)))
9969 error ("Display %s can't be opened", SDATA (display_name
));
9975 char *argv
[NUM_ARGV
];
9976 char **argv2
= argv
;
9979 #ifndef HAVE_GTK_MULTIDISPLAY
9980 if (!EQ (Vinitial_window_system
, Qx
))
9981 error ("Sorry, you cannot connect to X servers with the GTK toolkit");
9984 if (x_initialized
++ > 1)
9986 #ifdef HAVE_GTK_MULTIDISPLAY
9987 /* Opening another display. If xg_display_open returns less
9988 than zero, we are probably on GTK 2.0, which can only handle
9989 one display. GTK 2.2 or later can handle more than one. */
9990 if (xg_display_open (SDATA (display_name
), &dpy
) < 0)
9992 error ("Sorry, this version of GTK can only handle one display");
9996 for (argc
= 0; argc
< NUM_ARGV
; ++argc
)
10000 argv
[argc
++] = initial_argv
[0];
10002 if (! NILP (display_name
))
10004 argv
[argc
++] = "--display";
10005 argv
[argc
++] = SDATA (display_name
);
10008 argv
[argc
++] = "--name";
10009 argv
[argc
++] = resource_name
;
10011 XSetLocaleModifiers ("");
10013 gtk_init (&argc
, &argv2
);
10015 /* gtk_init does set_locale. We must fix locale after calling it. */
10019 dpy
= GDK_DISPLAY ();
10021 /* NULL window -> events for all windows go to our function */
10022 gdk_window_add_filter (NULL
, event_handler_gdk
, NULL
);
10024 /* Load our own gtkrc if it exists. */
10026 char *file
= "~/.emacs.d/gtkrc";
10027 Lisp_Object s
, abs_file
;
10029 s
= make_string (file
, strlen (file
));
10030 abs_file
= Fexpand_file_name (s
, Qnil
);
10032 if (! NILP (abs_file
) && !NILP (Ffile_readable_p (abs_file
)))
10033 gtk_rc_parse (SDATA (abs_file
));
10036 XSetErrorHandler (x_error_handler
);
10037 XSetIOErrorHandler (x_io_error_quitter
);
10040 #else /* not USE_GTK */
10041 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10042 /* weiner@footloose.sps.mot.com reports that this causes
10044 X protocol error: BadAtom (invalid Atom parameter)
10045 on protocol request 18skiloaf.
10046 So let's not use it until R6. */
10047 #ifdef HAVE_X11XTR6
10048 XtSetLanguageProc (NULL
, NULL
, NULL
);
10059 argv
[argc
++] = "-xrm";
10060 argv
[argc
++] = xrm_option
;
10062 turn_on_atimers (0);
10063 dpy
= XtOpenDisplay (Xt_app_con
, SDATA (display_name
),
10064 resource_name
, EMACS_CLASS
,
10065 emacs_options
, XtNumber (emacs_options
),
10067 turn_on_atimers (1);
10069 #ifdef HAVE_X11XTR6
10070 /* I think this is to compensate for XtSetLanguageProc. */
10075 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10076 XSetLocaleModifiers ("");
10077 dpy
= XOpenDisplay (SDATA (display_name
));
10078 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10079 #endif /* not USE_GTK*/
10081 /* Detect failure. */
10088 /* We have definitely succeeded. Record the new connection. */
10090 dpyinfo
= (struct x_display_info
*) xmalloc (sizeof (struct x_display_info
));
10091 bzero (dpyinfo
, sizeof *dpyinfo
);
10093 terminal
= x_create_terminal (dpyinfo
);
10096 struct x_display_info
*share
;
10099 for (share
= x_display_list
, tail
= x_display_name_list
; share
;
10100 share
= share
->next
, tail
= XCDR (tail
))
10101 if (same_x_server (SDATA (XCAR (XCAR (tail
))),
10102 SDATA (display_name
)))
10105 terminal
->kboard
= share
->terminal
->kboard
;
10108 terminal
->kboard
= (KBOARD
*) xmalloc (sizeof (KBOARD
));
10109 init_kboard (terminal
->kboard
);
10110 terminal
->kboard
->Vwindow_system
= Qx
;
10111 if (!EQ (XSYMBOL (Qvendor_specific_keysyms
)->function
, Qunbound
))
10113 char *vendor
= ServerVendor (dpy
);
10114 /* Temporarily hide the partially initialized terminal */
10115 terminal_list
= terminal
->next_terminal
;
10117 terminal
->kboard
->Vsystem_key_alist
10118 = call1 (Qvendor_specific_keysyms
,
10119 vendor
? build_string (vendor
) : empty_unibyte_string
);
10121 terminal
->next_terminal
= terminal_list
;
10122 terminal_list
= terminal
;
10125 terminal
->kboard
->next_kboard
= all_kboards
;
10126 all_kboards
= terminal
->kboard
;
10127 /* Don't let the initial kboard remain current longer than necessary.
10128 That would cause problems if a file loaded on startup tries to
10129 prompt in the mini-buffer. */
10130 if (current_kboard
== initial_kboard
)
10131 current_kboard
= terminal
->kboard
;
10133 terminal
->kboard
->reference_count
++;
10136 /* Put this display on the chain. */
10137 dpyinfo
->next
= x_display_list
;
10138 x_display_list
= dpyinfo
;
10140 /* Put it on x_display_name_list as well, to keep them parallel. */
10141 x_display_name_list
= Fcons (Fcons (display_name
, Qnil
),
10142 x_display_name_list
);
10143 dpyinfo
->name_list_element
= XCAR (x_display_name_list
);
10145 dpyinfo
->display
= dpy
;
10147 /* Set the name of the terminal. */
10148 terminal
->name
= (char *) xmalloc (SBYTES (display_name
) + 1);
10149 strncpy (terminal
->name
, SDATA (display_name
), SBYTES (display_name
));
10150 terminal
->name
[SBYTES (display_name
)] = 0;
10153 XSetAfterFunction (x_current_display
, x_trace_wire
);
10157 = (char *) xmalloc (SBYTES (Vinvocation_name
)
10158 + SBYTES (Vsystem_name
)
10160 sprintf (dpyinfo
->x_id_name
, "%s@%s",
10161 SDATA (Vinvocation_name
), SDATA (Vsystem_name
));
10163 /* Figure out which modifier bits mean what. */
10164 x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo
);
10166 /* Get the scroll bar cursor. */
10168 /* We must create a GTK cursor, it is required for GTK widgets. */
10169 dpyinfo
->xg_cursor
= xg_create_default_cursor (dpyinfo
->display
);
10170 #endif /* USE_GTK */
10172 dpyinfo
->vertical_scroll_bar_cursor
10173 = XCreateFontCursor (dpyinfo
->display
, XC_sb_v_double_arrow
);
10175 xrdb
= x_load_resources (dpyinfo
->display
, xrm_option
,
10176 resource_name
, EMACS_CLASS
);
10177 #ifdef HAVE_XRMSETDATABASE
10178 XrmSetDatabase (dpyinfo
->display
, xrdb
);
10180 dpyinfo
->display
->db
= xrdb
;
10182 /* Put the rdb where we can find it in a way that works on
10184 dpyinfo
->xrdb
= xrdb
;
10186 dpyinfo
->screen
= ScreenOfDisplay (dpyinfo
->display
,
10187 DefaultScreen (dpyinfo
->display
));
10188 select_visual (dpyinfo
);
10189 dpyinfo
->cmap
= DefaultColormapOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10190 dpyinfo
->root_window
= RootWindowOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10191 dpyinfo
->client_leader_window
= 0;
10192 dpyinfo
->grabbed
= 0;
10193 dpyinfo
->reference_count
= 0;
10194 dpyinfo
->icon_bitmap_id
= -1;
10195 dpyinfo
->n_fonts
= 0;
10196 dpyinfo
->bitmaps
= 0;
10197 dpyinfo
->bitmaps_size
= 0;
10198 dpyinfo
->bitmaps_last
= 0;
10199 dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
= 0;
10200 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= 0;
10201 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
= 0;
10202 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
10203 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
10204 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_face_id
= DEFAULT_FACE_ID
;
10205 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
10206 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_overlay
= Qnil
;
10207 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_x
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_y
= 0;
10208 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_defer
= 0;
10209 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= 0;
10210 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= 0;
10211 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
10212 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
10213 dpyinfo
->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
;
10215 /* See if we can construct pixel values from RGB values. */
10216 dpyinfo
->red_bits
= dpyinfo
->blue_bits
= dpyinfo
->green_bits
= 0;
10217 dpyinfo
->red_offset
= dpyinfo
->blue_offset
= dpyinfo
->green_offset
= 0;
10219 if (dpyinfo
->visual
->class == TrueColor
)
10221 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->red_mask
,
10222 &dpyinfo
->red_bits
, &dpyinfo
->red_offset
);
10223 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->blue_mask
,
10224 &dpyinfo
->blue_bits
, &dpyinfo
->blue_offset
);
10225 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->green_mask
,
10226 &dpyinfo
->green_bits
, &dpyinfo
->green_offset
);
10229 /* See if a private colormap is requested. */
10230 if (dpyinfo
->visual
== DefaultVisualOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
))
10232 if (dpyinfo
->visual
->class == PseudoColor
)
10235 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
10236 build_string ("privateColormap"),
10237 build_string ("PrivateColormap"),
10239 if (STRINGP (value
)
10240 && (!strcmp (SDATA (value
), "true")
10241 || !strcmp (SDATA (value
), "on")))
10242 dpyinfo
->cmap
= XCopyColormapAndFree (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->cmap
);
10246 dpyinfo
->cmap
= XCreateColormap (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->root_window
,
10247 dpyinfo
->visual
, AllocNone
);
10250 int screen_number
= XScreenNumberOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10251 double pixels
= DisplayHeight (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10252 double mm
= DisplayHeightMM (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10253 /* Mac OS X 10.3's Xserver sometimes reports 0.0mm. */
10254 dpyinfo
->resy
= (mm
< 1) ? 100 : pixels
* 25.4 / mm
;
10255 pixels
= DisplayWidth (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10256 mm
= DisplayWidthMM (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10257 /* Mac OS X 10.3's Xserver sometimes reports 0.0mm. */
10258 dpyinfo
->resx
= (mm
< 1) ? 100 : pixels
* 25.4 / mm
;
10261 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_protocols
10262 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_PROTOCOLS", False
);
10263 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_take_focus
10264 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_TAKE_FOCUS", False
);
10265 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_save_yourself
10266 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_SAVE_YOURSELF", False
);
10267 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_delete_window
10268 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_DELETE_WINDOW", False
);
10269 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_change_state
10270 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_CHANGE_STATE", False
);
10271 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_configure_denied
10272 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_CONFIGURE_DENIED", False
);
10273 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_window_moved
10274 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_MOVED", False
);
10275 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_client_leader
10276 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_CLIENT_LEADER", False
);
10277 dpyinfo
->Xatom_editres
10278 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "Editres", False
);
10279 dpyinfo
->Xatom_CLIPBOARD
10280 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "CLIPBOARD", False
);
10281 dpyinfo
->Xatom_TIMESTAMP
10282 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "TIMESTAMP", False
);
10283 dpyinfo
->Xatom_TEXT
10284 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "TEXT", False
);
10285 dpyinfo
->Xatom_COMPOUND_TEXT
10286 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "COMPOUND_TEXT", False
);
10287 dpyinfo
->Xatom_UTF8_STRING
10288 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "UTF8_STRING", False
);
10289 dpyinfo
->Xatom_DELETE
10290 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "DELETE", False
);
10291 dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULTIPLE
10292 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "MULTIPLE", False
);
10293 dpyinfo
->Xatom_INCR
10294 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "INCR", False
);
10295 dpyinfo
->Xatom_EMACS_TMP
10296 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_EMACS_TMP_", False
);
10297 dpyinfo
->Xatom_TARGETS
10298 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "TARGETS", False
);
10299 dpyinfo
->Xatom_NULL
10300 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "NULL", False
);
10301 dpyinfo
->Xatom_ATOM_PAIR
10302 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "ATOM_PAIR", False
);
10303 /* For properties of font. */
10304 dpyinfo
->Xatom_PIXEL_SIZE
10305 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "PIXEL_SIZE", False
);
10306 dpyinfo
->Xatom_AVERAGE_WIDTH
10307 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "AVERAGE_WIDTH", False
);
10308 dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_BASELINE_OFFSET
10309 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_MULE_BASELINE_OFFSET", False
);
10310 dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE
10311 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE", False
);
10312 dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT
10313 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT", False
);
10315 /* Ghostscript support. */
10316 dpyinfo
->Xatom_PAGE
= XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "PAGE", False
);
10317 dpyinfo
->Xatom_DONE
= XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "DONE", False
);
10319 dpyinfo
->Xatom_Scrollbar
= XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "SCROLLBAR",
10322 dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED
= XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_XEMBED",
10325 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state
10326 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_NET_WM_STATE", False
);
10327 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen_atom
10328 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_NET_WM_STATE_FULLSCREEN", False
);
10329 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
10330 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_NET_WM_STATE_MAXIMIZED_HORZ", False
);
10331 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
10332 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_NET_WM_STATE_MAXIMIZED_VERT", False
);
10333 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_sticky
10334 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_NET_WM_STATE_STICKY", False
);
10336 dpyinfo
->cut_buffers_initialized
= 0;
10338 dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms_size
= 8;
10339 dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms_length
= 0;
10340 dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms
= xmalloc (sizeof (*dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms
)
10341 * dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms_size
);
10343 dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
= NULL
;
10344 dpyinfo
->nr_net_supported_atoms
= 0;
10345 dpyinfo
->net_supported_window
= 0;
10347 connection
= ConnectionNumber (dpyinfo
->display
);
10348 dpyinfo
->connection
= connection
;
10351 extern int gray_bitmap_width
, gray_bitmap_height
;
10352 extern char *gray_bitmap_bits
;
10354 = XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->root_window
,
10356 gray_bitmap_width
, gray_bitmap_height
,
10357 (unsigned long) 1, (unsigned long) 0, 1);
10361 xim_initialize (dpyinfo
, resource_name
);
10364 #ifdef subprocesses
10365 /* This is only needed for distinguishing keyboard and process input. */
10366 if (connection
!= 0)
10367 add_keyboard_wait_descriptor (connection
);
10371 fcntl (connection
, F_SETOWN
, getpid ());
10372 #endif /* ! defined (F_SETOWN) */
10375 if (interrupt_input
)
10376 init_sigio (connection
);
10377 #endif /* ! defined (SIGIO) */
10381 Display
*dpy
= dpyinfo
->display
;
10382 XrmValue d
, fr
, to
;
10385 d
.addr
= (XPointer
)&dpy
;
10386 d
.size
= sizeof (Display
*);
10387 fr
.addr
= XtDefaultFont
;
10388 fr
.size
= sizeof (XtDefaultFont
);
10389 to
.size
= sizeof (Font
*);
10390 to
.addr
= (XPointer
)&font
;
10391 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
10392 if (!XtCallConverter (dpy
, XtCvtStringToFont
, &d
, 1, &fr
, &to
, NULL
))
10394 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
) || !XQueryFont (dpy
, font
))
10395 XrmPutLineResource (&xrdb
, "Emacs.dialog.*.font: 9x15");
10396 x_uncatch_errors ();
10400 /* See if we should run in synchronous mode. This is useful
10401 for debugging X code. */
10404 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
10405 build_string ("synchronous"),
10406 build_string ("Synchronous"),
10408 if (STRINGP (value
)
10409 && (!strcmp (SDATA (value
), "true")
10410 || !strcmp (SDATA (value
), "on")))
10411 XSynchronize (dpyinfo
->display
, True
);
10416 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
10417 build_string ("useXIM"),
10418 build_string ("UseXIM"),
10421 if (STRINGP (value
)
10422 && (!strcmp (SDATA (value
), "false")
10423 || !strcmp (SDATA (value
), "off")))
10426 if (STRINGP (value
)
10427 && (!strcmp (SDATA (value
), "true")
10428 || !strcmp (SDATA (value
), "on")))
10434 /* Only do this for the very first display in the Emacs session.
10435 Ignore X session management when Emacs was first started on a
10437 if (terminal
->id
== 1)
10438 x_session_initialize (dpyinfo
);
10446 /* Get rid of display DPYINFO, deleting all frames on it,
10447 and without sending any more commands to the X server. */
10450 x_delete_display (dpyinfo
)
10451 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
10454 struct terminal
*t
;
10456 /* Close all frames and delete the generic struct terminal for this
10458 for (t
= terminal_list
; t
; t
= t
->next_terminal
)
10459 if (t
->type
== output_x_window
&& t
->display_info
.x
== dpyinfo
)
10462 /* Close X session management when we close its display. */
10463 if (t
->id
== 1 && x_session_have_connection ())
10466 delete_terminal (t
);
10470 delete_keyboard_wait_descriptor (dpyinfo
->connection
);
10472 /* Discard this display from x_display_name_list and x_display_list.
10473 We can't use Fdelq because that can quit. */
10474 if (! NILP (x_display_name_list
)
10475 && EQ (XCAR (x_display_name_list
), dpyinfo
->name_list_element
))
10476 x_display_name_list
= XCDR (x_display_name_list
);
10481 tail
= x_display_name_list
;
10482 while (CONSP (tail
) && CONSP (XCDR (tail
)))
10484 if (EQ (XCAR (XCDR (tail
)), dpyinfo
->name_list_element
))
10486 XSETCDR (tail
, XCDR (XCDR (tail
)));
10489 tail
= XCDR (tail
);
10493 if (next_noop_dpyinfo
== dpyinfo
)
10494 next_noop_dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
->next
;
10496 if (x_display_list
== dpyinfo
)
10497 x_display_list
= dpyinfo
->next
;
10500 struct x_display_info
*tail
;
10502 for (tail
= x_display_list
; tail
; tail
= tail
->next
)
10503 if (tail
->next
== dpyinfo
)
10504 tail
->next
= tail
->next
->next
;
10507 xfree (dpyinfo
->x_id_name
);
10508 xfree (dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms
);
10509 xfree (dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
10513 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10515 /* Atimer callback function for TIMER. Called every 0.1s to process
10516 Xt timeouts, if needed. We must avoid calling XtAppPending as
10517 much as possible because that function does an implicit XFlush
10518 that slows us down. */
10521 x_process_timeouts (timer
)
10522 struct atimer
*timer
;
10525 x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
= 0;
10526 if (toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
|| popup_activated ())
10528 while (XtAppPending (Xt_app_con
) & XtIMTimer
)
10529 XtAppProcessEvent (Xt_app_con
, XtIMTimer
);
10530 /* Reactivate the atimer for next time. */
10531 x_activate_timeout_atimer ();
10536 /* Install an asynchronous timer that processes Xt timeout events
10537 every 0.1s as long as either `toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction' or
10538 `popup_activated_flag' (in xmenu.c) is set. Make sure to call this
10539 function whenever these variables are set. This is necessary
10540 because some widget sets use timeouts internally, for example the
10541 LessTif menu bar, or the Xaw3d scroll bar. When Xt timeouts aren't
10542 processed, these widgets don't behave normally. */
10545 x_activate_timeout_atimer ()
10548 if (!x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
)
10550 EMACS_TIME interval
;
10552 EMACS_SET_SECS_USECS (interval
, 0, 100000);
10553 start_atimer (ATIMER_RELATIVE
, interval
, x_process_timeouts
, 0);
10554 x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
= 1;
10559 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10562 /* Set up use of X before we make the first connection. */
10564 extern frame_parm_handler x_frame_parm_handlers
[];
10566 static struct redisplay_interface x_redisplay_interface
=
10568 x_frame_parm_handlers
,
10572 x_clear_end_of_line
,
10574 x_after_update_window_line
,
10575 x_update_window_begin
,
10576 x_update_window_end
,
10582 0, /* flush_display_optional */
10584 x_clear_window_mouse_face
,
10585 x_get_glyph_overhangs
,
10586 x_fix_overlapping_area
,
10587 x_draw_fringe_bitmap
,
10588 0, /* define_fringe_bitmap */
10589 0, /* destroy_fringe_bitmap */
10590 x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs
,
10591 x_draw_glyph_string
,
10592 x_define_frame_cursor
,
10593 x_clear_frame_area
,
10594 x_draw_window_cursor
,
10595 x_draw_vertical_window_border
,
10596 x_shift_glyphs_for_insert
10600 /* This function is called when the last frame on a display is deleted. */
10602 x_delete_terminal (struct terminal
*terminal
)
10604 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= terminal
->display_info
.x
;
10607 /* Protect against recursive calls. delete_frame in
10608 delete_terminal calls us back when it deletes our last frame. */
10609 if (!terminal
->name
)
10614 /* We must close our connection to the XIM server before closing the
10617 xim_close_dpy (dpyinfo
);
10620 /* If called from x_connection_closed, the display may already be closed
10621 and dpyinfo->display was set to 0 to indicate that. */
10622 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
10624 x_destroy_all_bitmaps (dpyinfo
);
10625 XSetCloseDownMode (dpyinfo
->display
, DestroyAll
);
10627 /* Whether or not XCloseDisplay destroys the associated resource
10628 database depends on the version of libX11. To avoid both
10629 crash and memory leak, we dissociate the database from the
10630 display and then destroy dpyinfo->xrdb ourselves.
10632 Unfortunately, the above strategy does not work in some
10633 situations due to a bug in newer versions of libX11: because
10634 XrmSetDatabase doesn't clear the flag XlibDisplayDfltRMDB if
10635 dpy->db is NULL, XCloseDisplay destroys the associated
10636 database whereas it has not been created by XGetDefault
10637 (Bug#21974 in freedesktop.org Bugzilla). As a workaround, we
10638 don't destroy the database here in order to avoid the crash
10639 in the above situations for now, though that may cause memory
10640 leaks in other situations. */
10642 #ifdef HAVE_XRMSETDATABASE
10643 XrmSetDatabase (dpyinfo
->display
, NULL
);
10645 dpyinfo
->display
->db
= NULL
;
10647 /* We used to call XrmDestroyDatabase from x_delete_display, but
10648 some older versions of libX11 crash if we call it after
10649 closing all the displays. */
10650 XrmDestroyDatabase (dpyinfo
->xrdb
);
10654 xg_display_close (dpyinfo
->display
);
10656 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10657 XtCloseDisplay (dpyinfo
->display
);
10659 XCloseDisplay (dpyinfo
->display
);
10661 #endif /* ! USE_GTK */
10664 x_delete_display (dpyinfo
);
10668 /* Create a struct terminal, initialize it with the X11 specific
10669 functions and make DISPLAY->TERMINAL point to it. */
10671 static struct terminal
*
10672 x_create_terminal (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
10674 struct terminal
*terminal
;
10676 terminal
= create_terminal ();
10678 terminal
->type
= output_x_window
;
10679 terminal
->display_info
.x
= dpyinfo
;
10680 dpyinfo
->terminal
= terminal
;
10682 /* kboard is initialized in x_term_init. */
10684 terminal
->clear_frame_hook
= x_clear_frame
;
10685 terminal
->ins_del_lines_hook
= x_ins_del_lines
;
10686 terminal
->delete_glyphs_hook
= x_delete_glyphs
;
10687 terminal
->ring_bell_hook
= XTring_bell
;
10688 terminal
->toggle_invisible_pointer_hook
= XTtoggle_invisible_pointer
;
10689 terminal
->reset_terminal_modes_hook
= XTreset_terminal_modes
;
10690 terminal
->set_terminal_modes_hook
= XTset_terminal_modes
;
10691 terminal
->update_begin_hook
= x_update_begin
;
10692 terminal
->update_end_hook
= x_update_end
;
10693 terminal
->set_terminal_window_hook
= XTset_terminal_window
;
10694 terminal
->read_socket_hook
= XTread_socket
;
10695 terminal
->frame_up_to_date_hook
= XTframe_up_to_date
;
10696 terminal
->mouse_position_hook
= XTmouse_position
;
10697 terminal
->frame_rehighlight_hook
= XTframe_rehighlight
;
10698 terminal
->frame_raise_lower_hook
= XTframe_raise_lower
;
10699 terminal
->fullscreen_hook
= XTfullscreen_hook
;
10700 terminal
->set_vertical_scroll_bar_hook
= XTset_vertical_scroll_bar
;
10701 terminal
->condemn_scroll_bars_hook
= XTcondemn_scroll_bars
;
10702 terminal
->redeem_scroll_bar_hook
= XTredeem_scroll_bar
;
10703 terminal
->judge_scroll_bars_hook
= XTjudge_scroll_bars
;
10705 terminal
->delete_frame_hook
= x_destroy_window
;
10706 terminal
->delete_terminal_hook
= x_delete_terminal
;
10708 terminal
->rif
= &x_redisplay_interface
;
10709 terminal
->scroll_region_ok
= 1; /* We'll scroll partial frames. */
10710 terminal
->char_ins_del_ok
= 1;
10711 terminal
->line_ins_del_ok
= 1; /* We'll just blt 'em. */
10712 terminal
->fast_clear_end_of_line
= 1; /* X does this well. */
10713 terminal
->memory_below_frame
= 0; /* We don't remember what scrolls
10725 last_tool_bar_item
= -1;
10726 any_help_event_p
= 0;
10727 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
10729 x_session_initialized
= 0;
10733 current_count
= -1;
10736 /* Try to use interrupt input; if we can't, then start polling. */
10737 Fset_input_interrupt_mode (Qt
);
10739 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10740 XtToolkitInitialize ();
10742 Xt_app_con
= XtCreateApplicationContext ();
10744 /* Register a converter from strings to pixels, which uses
10745 Emacs' color allocation infrastructure. */
10746 XtAppSetTypeConverter (Xt_app_con
,
10747 XtRString
, XtRPixel
, cvt_string_to_pixel
,
10748 cvt_string_to_pixel_args
,
10749 XtNumber (cvt_string_to_pixel_args
),
10750 XtCacheByDisplay
, cvt_pixel_dtor
);
10752 XtAppSetFallbackResources (Xt_app_con
, Xt_default_resources
);
10755 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
10757 xaw3d_arrow_scroll
= False
;
10758 xaw3d_pick_top
= True
;
10762 /* Note that there is no real way portable across R3/R4 to get the
10763 original error handler. */
10764 XSetErrorHandler (x_error_handler
);
10765 XSetIOErrorHandler (x_io_error_quitter
);
10767 signal (SIGPIPE
, x_connection_signal
);
10774 x_error_message
= NULL
;
10776 staticpro (&x_display_name_list
);
10777 x_display_name_list
= Qnil
;
10779 staticpro (&last_mouse_scroll_bar
);
10780 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
10782 staticpro (&Qvendor_specific_keysyms
);
10783 Qvendor_specific_keysyms
= intern ("vendor-specific-keysyms");
10785 staticpro (&Qlatin_1
);
10786 Qlatin_1
= intern ("latin-1");
10788 staticpro (&last_mouse_press_frame
);
10789 last_mouse_press_frame
= Qnil
;
10792 xg_default_icon_file
= build_string ("icons/hicolor/scalable/apps/emacs.svg");
10793 staticpro (&xg_default_icon_file
);
10795 Qx_gtk_map_stock
= intern ("x-gtk-map-stock");
10796 staticpro (&Qx_gtk_map_stock
);
10799 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-use-underline-position-properties",
10800 &x_use_underline_position_properties
,
10801 doc
: /* *Non-nil means make use of UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties.
10802 A value of nil means ignore them. If you encounter fonts with bogus
10803 UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties, for example 7x13 on XFree prior
10804 to 4.1, set this to nil. You can also use `underline-minimum-offset'
10805 to override the font's UNDERLINE_POSITION for small font display
10807 x_use_underline_position_properties
= 1;
10809 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-underline-at-descent-line",
10810 &x_underline_at_descent_line
,
10811 doc
: /* *Non-nil means to draw the underline at the same place as the descent line.
10812 A value of nil means to draw the underline according to the value of the
10813 variable `x-use-underline-position-properties', which is usually at the
10814 baseline level. The default value is nil. */);
10815 x_underline_at_descent_line
= 0;
10817 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-mouse-click-focus-ignore-position",
10818 &x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
,
10819 doc
: /* Non-nil means that a mouse click to focus a frame does not move point.
10820 This variable is only used when the window manager requires that you
10821 click on a frame to select it (give it focus). In that case, a value
10822 of nil, means that the selected window and cursor position changes to
10823 reflect the mouse click position, while a non-nil value means that the
10824 selected window or cursor position is preserved. */);
10825 x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
= 0;
10827 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-toolkit-scroll-bars", &Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
,
10828 doc
: /* What X toolkit scroll bars Emacs uses.
10829 A value of nil means Emacs doesn't use X toolkit scroll bars.
10830 Otherwise, value is a symbol describing the X toolkit. */);
10831 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
10833 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern ("motif");
10834 #elif defined HAVE_XAW3D
10835 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern ("xaw3d");
10837 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern ("gtk");
10839 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern ("xaw");
10842 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= Qnil
;
10845 staticpro (&last_mouse_motion_frame
);
10846 last_mouse_motion_frame
= Qnil
;
10848 Qmodifier_value
= intern ("modifier-value");
10849 Qalt
= intern ("alt");
10850 Fput (Qalt
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (alt_modifier
));
10851 Qhyper
= intern ("hyper");
10852 Fput (Qhyper
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (hyper_modifier
));
10853 Qmeta
= intern ("meta");
10854 Fput (Qmeta
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (meta_modifier
));
10855 Qsuper
= intern ("super");
10856 Fput (Qsuper
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (super_modifier
));
10858 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-alt-keysym", &Vx_alt_keysym
,
10859 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the alt modifier.
10860 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10861 For example, `alt' means use the Alt_L and Alt_R keysyms. The default
10862 is nil, which is the same as `alt'. */);
10863 Vx_alt_keysym
= Qnil
;
10865 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-hyper-keysym", &Vx_hyper_keysym
,
10866 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the hyper modifier.
10867 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10868 For example, `hyper' means use the Hyper_L and Hyper_R keysyms. The
10869 default is nil, which is the same as `hyper'. */);
10870 Vx_hyper_keysym
= Qnil
;
10872 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-meta-keysym", &Vx_meta_keysym
,
10873 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the meta modifier.
10874 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10875 For example, `meta' means use the Meta_L and Meta_R keysyms. The
10876 default is nil, which is the same as `meta'. */);
10877 Vx_meta_keysym
= Qnil
;
10879 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-super-keysym", &Vx_super_keysym
,
10880 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the super modifier.
10881 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10882 For example, `super' means use the Super_L and Super_R keysyms. The
10883 default is nil, which is the same as `super'. */);
10884 Vx_super_keysym
= Qnil
;
10886 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-keysym-table", &Vx_keysym_table
,
10887 doc
: /* Hash table of character codes indexed by X keysym codes. */);
10888 Vx_keysym_table
= make_hash_table (Qeql
, make_number (900),
10889 make_float (DEFAULT_REHASH_SIZE
),
10890 make_float (DEFAULT_REHASH_THRESHOLD
),
10894 #endif /* HAVE_X_WINDOWS */
10896 /* arch-tag: 6d4e4cb7-abc1-4302-9585-d84dcfb09d0f
10897 (do not change this comment) */